bartool/ps4_buttons
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

praca nad ulepszeniem write_to_buffer

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
bartool
2021-05-27 07:44:22 +02:00
commit 0ece75786f
97 changed files with 104900 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

3783
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/Legacy/stm32_hal_legacy.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

945
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,945 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the HAL
* module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F3xx_HAL_H
#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_conf.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL
* @{
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS(__PIN__) ((((__PIN__) & SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB6) == SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB6) || \
(((__PIN__) & SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB7) == SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB7) || \
(((__PIN__) & SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB8) == SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB8) || \
(((__PIN__) & SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB9) == SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB9))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Constants HAL Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_TICK_FREQ Tick Frequency
* @{
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_TICK_FREQ_10HZ = 100U,
HAL_TICK_FREQ_100HZ = 10U,
HAL_TICK_FREQ_1KHZ = 1U,
HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT = HAL_TICK_FREQ_1KHZ
} HAL_TickFreqTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Constants HAL Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SYSCFG_BitAddress_AliasRegion SYSCFG registers bit address in the alias region
* @brief SYSCFG registers bit address in the alias region
* @{
*/
/* ------------ SYSCFG registers bit address in the alias region -------------*/
#define SYSCFG_OFFSET (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
/* --- CFGR2 Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of BYP_ADDR_PAR bit */
#define CFGR2_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x18U)
#define BYPADDRPAR_BitNumber 0x04U
#define CFGR2_BYPADDRPAR_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR2_OFFSET * 32U) + (BYPADDRPAR_BitNumber * 4U))
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_DMA_RMP)
/** @defgroup HAL_DMA_Remapping HAL DMA Remapping
* Elements values convention: 0xXXYYYYYY
* - YYYYYY : Position in the register
* - XX : Register index
* - 00: CFGR1 register in SYSCFG
* - 01: CFGR3 register in SYSCFG (not available on STM32F373xC/STM32F378xx devices)
* @{
*/
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_ADC24_DMA2_CH34 (0x00000100U) /*!< ADC24 DMA remap (STM32F303xB/C/E, STM32F358xx and STM32F398xx devices)
1: Remap (ADC24 DMA requests mapped on DMA2 channels 3 and 4) */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM16_DMA1_CH6 (0x00000800U) /*!< TIM16 DMA request remap
1: Remap (TIM16_CH1 and TIM16_UP DMA requests mapped on DMA1 channel 6) */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM17_DMA1_CH7 (0x00001000U) /*!< TIM17 DMA request remap
1: Remap (TIM17_CH1 and TIM17_UP DMA requests mapped on DMA1 channel 7) */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM6_DAC1_CH1_DMA1_CH3 (0x00002000U) /*!< TIM6 and DAC channel1 DMA remap (STM32F303xB/C/E, STM32F358xx and STM32F398xx devices)
1: Remap (TIM6_UP and DAC_CH1 DMA requests mapped on DMA1 channel 3) */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM7_DAC1_CH2_DMA1_CH4 (0x00004000U) /*!< TIM7 and DAC channel2 DMA remap (STM32F303xB/C/E, STM32F358xx and STM32F398xx devices)
1: Remap (TIM7_UP and DAC_CH2 DMA requests mapped on DMA1 channel 4) */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_DAC2_CH1_DMA1_CH5 (0x00008000U) /*!< DAC2 channel1 DMA remap (STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only)
1: Remap (DAC2_CH1 DMA requests mapped on DMA1 channel 5) */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM18_DAC2_CH1_DMA1_CH5 (0x00008000U) /*!< DAC2 channel1 DMA remap (STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only)
1: Remap (DAC2_CH1 DMA requests mapped on DMA1 channel 5) */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR3_DMA_RMP)
#if !defined(HAL_REMAP_CFGR3_MASK)
#define HAL_REMAP_CFGR3_MASK (0x01000000U)
#endif
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_RX_DMA1_CH2 (0x01000003U) /*!< SPI1_RX DMA remap (STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only)
11: Map on DMA1 channel 2 */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_RX_DMA1_CH4 (0x01000001U) /*!< SPI1_RX DMA remap (STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only)
01: Map on DMA1 channel 4 */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_RX_DMA1_CH6 (0x01000002U) /*!< SPI1_RX DMA remap (STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only)
10: Map on DMA1 channel 6 */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_TX_DMA1_CH3 (0x0100000CU) /*!< SPI1_TX DMA remap (STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only)
11: Map on DMA1 channel 3 */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_TX_DMA1_CH5 (0x01000004U) /*!< SPI1_TX DMA remap (STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only)
01: Map on DMA1 channel 5 */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_TX_DMA1_CH7 (0x01000008U) /*!< SPI1_TX DMA remap (STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only)
10: Map on DMA1 channel 7 */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_RX_DMA1_CH7 (0x01000030U) /*!< I2C1_RX DMA remap (STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only)
11: Map on DMA1 channel 7 */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_RX_DMA1_CH3 (0x01000010U) /*!< I2C1_RX DMA remap (STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only)
01: Map on DMA1 channel 3 */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_RX_DMA1_CH5 (0x01000020U) /*!< I2C1_RX DMA remap (STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only)
10: Map on DMA1 channel 5 */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_TX_DMA1_CH6 (0x010000C0U) /*!< I2C1_TX DMA remap (STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only)
11: Map on DMA1 channel 6 */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_TX_DMA1_CH2 (0x01000040U) /*!< I2C1_TX DMA remap (STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only)
01: Map on DMA1 channel 2 */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_TX_DMA1_CH4 (0x01000080U) /*!< I2C1_TX DMA remap (STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only)
10: Map on DMA1 channel 4 */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_ADC2_DMA1_CH2 (0x01000100U) /*!< ADC2 DMA remap
x0: No remap (ADC2 on DMA2)
10: Map on DMA1 channel 2 */
#define HAL_REMAPDMA_ADC2_DMA1_CH4 (0x01000300U) /*!< ADC2 DMA remap
11: Map on DMA1 channel 4 */
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR3_DMA_RMP */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR3_DMA_RMP)
#define IS_DMA_REMAP(RMP) ((((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_ADC24_DMA2_CH34) == HAL_REMAPDMA_ADC24_DMA2_CH34) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM16_DMA1_CH6) == HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM16_DMA1_CH6) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM17_DMA1_CH7) == HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM17_DMA1_CH7) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM6_DAC1_CH1_DMA1_CH3) == HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM6_DAC1_CH1_DMA1_CH3) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM7_DAC1_CH2_DMA1_CH4) == HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM7_DAC1_CH2_DMA1_CH4) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_DAC2_CH1_DMA1_CH5) == HAL_REMAPDMA_DAC2_CH1_DMA1_CH5) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM18_DAC2_CH1_DMA1_CH5) == HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM18_DAC2_CH1_DMA1_CH5) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_RX_DMA1_CH2) == HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_RX_DMA1_CH2) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_RX_DMA1_CH4) == HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_RX_DMA1_CH4) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_RX_DMA1_CH6) == HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_RX_DMA1_CH6) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_TX_DMA1_CH3) == HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_TX_DMA1_CH3) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_TX_DMA1_CH5) == HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_TX_DMA1_CH5) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_TX_DMA1_CH7) == HAL_REMAPDMA_SPI1_TX_DMA1_CH7) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_RX_DMA1_CH7) == HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_RX_DMA1_CH7) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_RX_DMA1_CH3) == HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_RX_DMA1_CH3) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_RX_DMA1_CH5) == HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_RX_DMA1_CH5) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_TX_DMA1_CH6) == HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_TX_DMA1_CH6) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_TX_DMA1_CH2) == HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_TX_DMA1_CH2) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_TX_DMA1_CH4) == HAL_REMAPDMA_I2C1_TX_DMA1_CH4) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_ADC2_DMA1_CH2) == HAL_REMAPDMA_ADC2_DMA1_CH2) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_ADC2_DMA1_CH4) == HAL_REMAPDMA_ADC2_DMA1_CH4))
#else
#define IS_DMA_REMAP(RMP) ((((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_ADC24_DMA2_CH34) == HAL_REMAPDMA_ADC24_DMA2_CH34) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM16_DMA1_CH6) == HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM16_DMA1_CH6) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM17_DMA1_CH7) == HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM17_DMA1_CH7) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM6_DAC1_CH1_DMA1_CH3) == HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM6_DAC1_CH1_DMA1_CH3) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM7_DAC1_CH2_DMA1_CH4) == HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM7_DAC1_CH2_DMA1_CH4) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_DAC2_CH1_DMA1_CH5) == HAL_REMAPDMA_DAC2_CH1_DMA1_CH5) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM18_DAC2_CH1_DMA1_CH5) == HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM18_DAC2_CH1_DMA1_CH5))
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR3_DMA_RMP && SYSCFG_CFGR1_DMA_RMP*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_DMA_RMP */
/** @defgroup HAL_Trigger_Remapping HAL Trigger Remapping
* Elements values convention: 0xXXYYYYYY
* - YYYYYY : Position in the register
* - XX : Register index
* - 00: CFGR1 register in SYSCFG
* - 01: CFGR3 register in SYSCFG
* @{
*/
#define HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_DAC1_TRIG (0x00000080U) /*!< DAC trigger remap (when TSEL = 001 on STM32F303xB/C and STM32F358xx devices)
0: No remap (DAC trigger is TIM8_TRGO)
1: Remap (DAC trigger is TIM3_TRGO) */
#define HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_TIM1_ITR3 (0x00000040U) /*!< TIM1 ITR3 trigger remap
0: No remap
1: Remap (TIM1_TRG3 = TIM17_OC) */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR3_TRIGGER_RMP)
#if !defined(HAL_REMAP_CFGR3_MASK)
#define HAL_REMAP_CFGR3_MASK (0x01000000U)
#endif
#define HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_DAC1_TRIG3 (0x01010000U) /*!< DAC1_CH1 / DAC1_CH2 Trigger remap
0: Remap (DAC trigger is TIM15_TRGO)
1: Remap (DAC trigger is HRTIM1_DAC1_TRIG1) */
#define HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_DAC1_TRIG5 (0x01020000U) /*!< DAC1_CH1 / DAC1_CH2 Trigger remap
0: No remap
1: Remap (DAC trigger is HRTIM1_DAC1_TRIG2) */
#define IS_HAL_REMAPTRIGGER(RMP) ((((RMP) & HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_DAC1) == HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_DAC1) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_TIM1_ITR3) == HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_TIM1_ITR3) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_DAC1_TRIG3) == HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_DAC1_TRIG3) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_DAC1_TRIG5) == HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_DAC1_TRIG5))
#else
#define IS_HAL_REMAPTRIGGER(RMP) ((((RMP) & HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_DAC1) == HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_DAC1) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_TIM1_ITR3) == HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_TIM1_ITR3))
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR3_TRIGGER_RMP */
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined (STM32F302xE)
/** @defgroup HAL_ADC_Trigger_Remapping HAL ADC Trigger Remapping
* @{
*/
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT2 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_EXT2_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 regular channel EXT2
0: No remap (TIM1_CC3)
1: Remap (TIM20_TRGO) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT3 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_EXT3_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 regular channel EXT3
0: No remap (TIM2_CC2)
1: Remap (TIM20_TRGO2) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT5 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_EXT5_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 regular channel EXT5
0: No remap (TIM4_CC4)
1: Remap (TIM20_CC1) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT13 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_EXT13_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 regular channel EXT13
0: No remap (TIM6_TRGO)
1: Remap (TIM20_CC2) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT15 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_EXT15_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 regular channel EXT15
0: No remap (TIM3_CC4)
1: Remap (TIM20_CC3) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT3 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_JEXT3_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 injected channel JEXT3
0: No remap (TIM2_CC1)
1: Remap (TIM20_TRGO) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT6 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_JEXT6_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 injected channel JEXT6
0: No remap (EXTI line 15)
1: Remap (TIM20_TRGO2) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT13 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_JEXT13_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 injected channel JEXT13
0: No remap (TIM3_CC1)
1: Remap (TIM20_CC4) */
#define IS_HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER(RMP) ((((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT2) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT2) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT3) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT3) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT5) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT5) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT13) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT13) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT15) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT15) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT3) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT3) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT6) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT6) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT13) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT13))
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F302xE */
#if defined (STM32F303xE) || defined (STM32F398xx)
/** @defgroup HAL_ADC_Trigger_Remapping HAL ADC Trigger Remapping
* @{
*/
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT2 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_EXT2_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 regular channel EXT2
0: No remap (TIM1_CC3)
1: Remap (TIM20_TRGO) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT3 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_EXT3_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 regular channel EXT3
0: No remap (TIM2_CC2)
1: Remap (TIM20_TRGO2) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT5 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_EXT5_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 regular channel EXT5
0: No remap (TIM4_CC4)
1: Remap (TIM20_CC1) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT13 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_EXT13_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 regular channel EXT13
0: No remap (TIM6_TRGO)
1: Remap (TIM20_CC2) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT15 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_EXT15_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 regular channel EXT15
0: No remap (TIM3_CC4)
1: Remap (TIM20_CC3) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT3 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_JEXT3_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 injected channel JEXT3
0: No remap (TIM2_CC1)
1: Remap (TIM20_TRGO) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT6 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_JEXT6_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 injected channel JEXT6
0: No remap (EXTI line 15)
1: Remap (TIM20_TRGO2) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT13 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC12_JEXT13_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC12 injected channel JEXT13
0: No remap (TIM3_CC1)
1: Remap (TIM20_CC4) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_EXT5 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC34_EXT5_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC34 regular channel EXT5
0: No remap (EXTI line 2)
1: Remap (TIM20_TRGO) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_EXT6 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC34_EXT6_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC34 regular channel EXT6
0: No remap (TIM4_CC1)
1: Remap (TIM20_TRGO2) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_EXT15 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC34_EXT15_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC34 regular channel EXT15
0: No remap (TIM2_CC1)
1: Remap (TIM20_CC1) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_JEXT5 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC34_JEXT5_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC34 injected channel JEXT5
0: No remap (TIM4_CC3)
1: Remap (TIM20_TRGO) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_JEXT11 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC34_JEXT11_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC34 injected channel JEXT11
0: No remap (TIM1_CC3)
1: Remap (TIM20_TRGO2) */
#define HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_JEXT14 SYSCFG_CFGR4_ADC34_JEXT14_RMP /*!< Input trigger of ADC34 injected channel JEXT14
0: No remap (TIM7_TRGO)
1: Remap (TIM20_CC2) */
#define IS_HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER(RMP) ((((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT2) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT2) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT3) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT3) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT5) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT5) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT13) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT13) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT15) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT15) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT3) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT3) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT6) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT6) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT13) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT13) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_EXT5) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_EXT5) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_EXT6) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_EXT6) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_EXT15) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_EXT15) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_JEXT5) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_JEXT5) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_JEXT11) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_JEXT11) || \
(((RMP) & HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_JEXT14) == HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_JEXT14))
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F303xE || STM32F398xx */
/** @defgroup SYSCFG_FastModePlus_GPIO Fast-mode Plus on GPIO
* @{
*/
/** @brief Fast-mode Plus driving capability on a specific GPIO
*/
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB6_FMP)
#define SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB6 ((uint32_t)SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB6_FMP) /*!< Enable Fast-mode Plus on PB6 */
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB6_FMP */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB7_FMP)
#define SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB7 ((uint32_t)SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB7_FMP) /*!< Enable Fast-mode Plus on PB7 */
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB7_FMP */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB8_FMP)
#define SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB8 ((uint32_t)SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB8_FMP) /*!< Enable Fast-mode Plus on PB8 */
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB8_FMP */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB9_FMP)
#define SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB9 ((uint32_t)SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB9_FMP) /*!< Enable Fast-mode Plus on PB9 */
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB9_FMP */
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined(SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE0)
/* CCM-SRAM defined */
/** @defgroup HAL_Page_Write_Protection HAL CCM RAM page write protection
* @{
*/
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE0 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE0) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 0 */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE1 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE1) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 1 */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE2 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE2) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 2 */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE3 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE3) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 3 */
#if defined(SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE4)
/* More than 4KB CCM-SRAM defined */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE4 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE4) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 4 */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE5 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE5) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 5 */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE6 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE6) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 6 */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE7 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE7) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 7 */
#endif /* SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE4 */
#if defined(SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE8)
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE8 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE8) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 8 */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE9 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE9) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 9 */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE10 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE10) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 10 */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE11 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE11) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 11 */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE12 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE12) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 12 */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE13 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE13) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 13 */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE14 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE14) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 14 */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE15 (SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE15) /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 15 */
#endif /* SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE8 */
#if defined(SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE8)
#define IS_HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE(__PAGE__) (((__PAGE__) > 0U) && ((__PAGE__) <= 0xFFFFU))
#elif defined(SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE4)
#define IS_HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE(__PAGE__) (((__PAGE__) > 0U) && ((__PAGE__) <= 0x00FFU))
#else
#define IS_HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE(__PAGE__) (((__PAGE__) > 0U) && ((__PAGE__) <= 0x000FU))
#endif /* SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE8 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE0 */
/** @defgroup HAL_SYSCFG_Interrupts HAL SYSCFG Interrupts
* @{
*/
#define HAL_SYSCFG_IT_FPU_IOC (SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_0) /*!< Floating Point Unit Invalid operation Interrupt */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_IT_FPU_DZC (SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_1) /*!< Floating Point Unit Divide-by-zero Interrupt */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_IT_FPU_UFC (SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_2) /*!< Floating Point Unit Underflow Interrupt */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_IT_FPU_OFC (SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_3) /*!< Floating Point Unit Overflow Interrupt */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_IT_FPU_IDC (SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_4) /*!< Floating Point Unit Input denormal Interrupt */
#define HAL_SYSCFG_IT_FPU_IXC (SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_5) /*!< Floating Point Unit Inexact Interrupt */
#define IS_HAL_SYSCFG_INTERRUPT(__INTERRUPT__) ((((__INTERRUPT__) & SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_0) == SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_0) || \
(((__INTERRUPT__) & SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_1) == SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_1) || \
(((__INTERRUPT__) & SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_2) == SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_2) || \
(((__INTERRUPT__) & SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_3) == SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_3) || \
(((__INTERRUPT__) & SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_4) == SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_4) || \
(((__INTERRUPT__) & SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_5) == SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_5))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Macros HAL Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup Debug_MCU_APB1_Freeze Freeze/Unfreeze APB1 Peripherals in Debug mode
* @{
*/
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM2_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM2() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM2_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM2() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM2_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM2_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM3_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM3() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM3_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM3() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM3_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM3_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM4_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM4() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM4_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM4() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM4_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM4_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM5_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM5() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM5_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM5() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM5_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM5_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM6_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM6() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM6_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM6() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM6_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM6_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM7_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM7() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM7_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM7() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM7_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM7_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM12_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM12() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM12_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM12() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM12_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM12_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM13_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM13() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM13_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM13() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM13_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM13_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM14_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM14() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM14_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM14() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM14_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM14_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM18_STOP)
#define __HAL_FREEZE_TIM18_DBGMCU() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM18_STOP))
#define __HAL_UNFREEZE_TIM18_DBGMCU() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM18_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM14_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_RTC_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_RTC() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_RTC_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_RTC() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_RTC_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_RTC_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_WWDG_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_WWDG() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_WWDG_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_WWDG() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_WWDG_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_WWDG_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_IWDG_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_IWDG_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_IWDG_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_IWDG_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C1_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C1_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C2_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C2_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C3_SMBUS_TIMEOUT)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C3_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C3_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C3_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C3_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C3_SMBUS_TIMEOUT */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_CAN_STOP)
#define __HAL_FREEZE_CAN_DBGMCU() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_CAN_STOP))
#define __HAL_UNFREEZE_CAN_DBGMCU() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_CAN_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_CAN_STOP */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Debug_MCU_APB2_Freeze Freeze/Unfreeze APB2 Peripherals in Debug mode
* @{
*/
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM1_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM1() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM1_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM1() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM1_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM1_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM8_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM8() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM8_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM8() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM8_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM8_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM15_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM15() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM15_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM15() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM15_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM15_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM16_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM16() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM16_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM16() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM16_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM16_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM17_STOP)
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM17() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM17_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM17() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM17_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM17_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM19_STOP)
#define __HAL_FREEZE_TIM19_DBGMCU() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM19_STOP))
#define __HAL_UNFREEZE_TIM19_DBGMCU() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM19_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM19_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM20_STOP)
#define __HAL_FREEZE_TIM20_DBGMCU() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM20_STOP))
#define __HAL_UNFREEZE_TIM20_DBGMCU() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM20_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM20_STOP */
#if defined(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_HRTIM1_STOP)
#define __HAL_FREEZE_HRTIM1_DBGMCU() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_HRTIM1_STOP))
#define __HAL_UNFREEZE_HRTIM1_DBGMCU() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_HRTIM1_STOP))
#endif /* DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_HRTIM1_STOP */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Memory_Mapping_Selection Memory Mapping Selection
* @{
*/
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE)
/** @brief Main Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FLASH() (SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE))
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE_0)
/** @brief System Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_SYSTEMFLASH() do {SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE); \
SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE_0; \
}while(0U)
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE_0 */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE_0) && defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE_1)
/** @brief Embedded SRAM mapped at 0x00000000
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_SRAM() do {SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE); \
SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE_0 | SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE_1); \
}while(0U)
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE_0 && SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE_1 */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE_2)
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_FMC_BANK() do {SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE); \
SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE_2); \
}while(0U)
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE_2 */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Encoder_Mode Encoder Mode
* @{
*/
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE)
/** @brief No Encoder mode
*/
#define __HAL_REMAPENCODER_NONE() (SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE))
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_0)
/** @brief Encoder mode : TIM2 IC1 and TIM2 IC2 are connected to TIM15 IC1 and TIM15 IC2 respectively
*/
#define __HAL_REMAPENCODER_TIM2() do {SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE); \
SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_0; \
}while(0U)
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_0 */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_1)
/** @brief Encoder mode : TIM3 IC1 and TIM3 IC2 are connected to TIM15 IC1 and TIM15 IC2 respectively
*/
#define __HAL_REMAPENCODER_TIM3() do {SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE); \
SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_1; \
}while(0U)
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_1 */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_0) && defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_1)
/** @brief Encoder mode : TIM4 IC1 and TIM4 IC2 are connected to TIM15 IC1 and TIM15 IC2 (STM32F303xB/C and STM32F358xx devices)
*/
#define __HAL_REMAPENCODER_TIM4() do {SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE); \
SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_0 | SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_1); \
}while(0U)
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_0 && SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_1 */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Remap_Enable DMA Remap Enable
* @{
*/
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR3_DMA_RMP) && defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_DMA_RMP)
/** @brief DMA remapping enable/disable macros
* @param __DMA_REMAP__ This parameter can be a value of @ref HAL_DMA_Remapping
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_REMAP_CHANNEL_ENABLE(__DMA_REMAP__) do {assert_param(IS_DMA_REMAP((__DMA_REMAP__))); \
(((__DMA_REMAP__) & HAL_REMAP_CFGR3_MASK) ? \
(SYSCFG->CFGR3 |= ((__DMA_REMAP__) & ~HAL_REMAP_CFGR3_MASK)) : \
(SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (__DMA_REMAP__))); \
}while(0U)
#define __HAL_DMA_REMAP_CHANNEL_DISABLE(__DMA_REMAP__) do {assert_param(IS_DMA_REMAP((__DMA_REMAP__))); \
(((__DMA_REMAP__) & HAL_REMAP_CFGR3_MASK) ? \
(SYSCFG->CFGR3 &= (~(__DMA_REMAP__) | HAL_REMAP_CFGR3_MASK)) : \
(SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ~(__DMA_REMAP__))); \
}while(0U)
#elif defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_DMA_RMP)
/** @brief DMA remapping enable/disable macros
* @param __DMA_REMAP__ This parameter can be a value of @ref HAL_DMA_Remapping
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_REMAP_CHANNEL_ENABLE(__DMA_REMAP__) do {assert_param(IS_DMA_REMAP((__DMA_REMAP__))); \
SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (__DMA_REMAP__); \
}while(0U)
#define __HAL_DMA_REMAP_CHANNEL_DISABLE(__DMA_REMAP__) do {assert_param(IS_DMA_REMAP((__DMA_REMAP__))); \
SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ~(__DMA_REMAP__); \
}while(0U)
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR3_DMA_RMP || SYSCFG_CFGR1_DMA_RMP */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FastModePlus_GPIO Fast-mode Plus on GPIO
* @{
*/
/** @brief Fast-mode Plus driving capability enable/disable macros
* @param __FASTMODEPLUS__ This parameter can be a value of @ref SYSCFG_FastModePlus_GPIO values.
* That you can find above these macros.
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_ENABLE(__FASTMODEPLUS__) do {assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS((__FASTMODEPLUS__)));\
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (__FASTMODEPLUS__));\
}while(0U)
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_DISABLE(__FASTMODEPLUS__) do {assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS((__FASTMODEPLUS__)));\
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (__FASTMODEPLUS__));\
}while(0U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Floating_Point_Unit_Interrupts_Enable Floating Point Unit Interrupts Enable
* @{
*/
/** @brief SYSCFG interrupt enable/disable macros
* @param __INTERRUPT__ This parameter can be a value of @ref HAL_SYSCFG_Interrupts
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_INTERRUPT_ENABLE(__INTERRUPT__) do {assert_param(IS_HAL_SYSCFG_INTERRUPT((__INTERRUPT__))); \
SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (__INTERRUPT__); \
}while(0U)
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_INTERRUPT_DISABLE(__INTERRUPT__) do {assert_param(IS_HAL_SYSCFG_INTERRUPT((__INTERRUPT__))); \
SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ~(__INTERRUPT__); \
}while(0U)
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_USB_IT_RMP)
/** @defgroup USB_Interrupt_Remap USB Interrupt Remap
* @{
*/
/** @brief USB interrupt remapping enable/disable macros
*/
#define __HAL_REMAPINTERRUPT_USB_ENABLE() (SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (SYSCFG_CFGR1_USB_IT_RMP))
#define __HAL_REMAPINTERRUPT_USB_DISABLE() (SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR1_USB_IT_RMP))
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_USB_IT_RMP */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_VBAT)
/** @defgroup VBAT_Monitoring_Enable VBAT Monitoring Enable
* @{
*/
/** @brief SYSCFG interrupt enable/disable macros
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_VBAT_MONITORING_ENABLE() (SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (SYSCFG_CFGR1_VBAT))
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_VBAT_MONITORING_DISABLE() (SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR1_VBAT))
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_VBAT */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR2_LOCKUP_LOCK)
/** @defgroup Cortex_Lockup_Enable Cortex Lockup Enable
* @{
*/
/** @brief SYSCFG Break Lockup lock
* Enables and locks the connection of Cortex-M4 LOCKUP (Hardfault) output to TIM1/15/16/17 Break input
* @note The selected configuration is locked and can be unlocked by system reset
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_BREAK_LOCKUP_LOCK() do {SYSCFG->CFGR2 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR2_LOCKUP_LOCK); \
SYSCFG->CFGR2 |= SYSCFG_CFGR2_LOCKUP_LOCK; \
}while(0U)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR2_LOCKUP_LOCK */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR2_PVD_LOCK)
/** @defgroup PVD_Lock_Enable PVD Lock
* @{
*/
/** @brief SYSCFG Break PVD lock
* Enables and locks the PVD connection with Timer1/8/15/16/17 Break Input, , as well as the PVDE and PLS[2:0] in the PWR_CR register
* @note The selected configuration is locked and can be unlocked by system reset
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_BREAK_PVD_LOCK() do {SYSCFG->CFGR2 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR2_PVD_LOCK); \
SYSCFG->CFGR2 |= SYSCFG_CFGR2_PVD_LOCK; \
}while(0U)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR2_PVD_LOCK */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR2_SRAM_PARITY_LOCK)
/** @defgroup SRAM_Parity_Lock SRAM Parity Lock
* @{
*/
/** @brief SYSCFG Break SRAM PARITY lock
* Enables and locks the SRAM_PARITY error signal with Break Input of TIMER1/8/15/16/17
* @note The selected configuration is locked and can be unlocked by system reset
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_BREAK_SRAMPARITY_LOCK() do {SYSCFG->CFGR2 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR2_SRAM_PARITY_LOCK); \
SYSCFG->CFGR2 |= SYSCFG_CFGR2_SRAM_PARITY_LOCK; \
}while(0U)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR2_SRAM_PARITY_LOCK */
/** @defgroup Trigger_Remapping_Enable Trigger Remapping Enable
* @{
*/
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR3_TRIGGER_RMP)
/** @brief Trigger remapping enable/disable macros
* @param __TRIGGER_REMAP__ This parameter can be a value of @ref HAL_Trigger_Remapping
*/
#define __HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_ENABLE(__TRIGGER_REMAP__) do {assert_param(IS_HAL_REMAPTRIGGER((__TRIGGER_REMAP__))); \
(((__TRIGGER_REMAP__) & HAL_REMAP_CFGR3_MASK) ? \
(SYSCFG->CFGR3 |= ((__TRIGGER_REMAP__) & ~HAL_REMAP_CFGR3_MASK)) : \
(SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (__TRIGGER_REMAP__))); \
}while(0U)
#define __HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_DISABLE(__TRIGGER_REMAP__) do {assert_param(IS_HAL_REMAPTRIGGER((__TRIGGER_REMAP__))); \
(((__TRIGGER_REMAP__) & HAL_REMAP_CFGR3_MASK) ? \
(SYSCFG->CFGR3 &= (~(__TRIGGER_REMAP__) | HAL_REMAP_CFGR3_MASK)) : \
(SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ~(__TRIGGER_REMAP__))); \
}while(0U)
#else
/** @brief Trigger remapping enable/disable macros
* @param __TRIGGER_REMAP__ This parameter can be a value of @ref HAL_Trigger_Remapping
*/
#define __HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_ENABLE(__TRIGGER_REMAP__) do {assert_param(IS_HAL_REMAPTRIGGER((__TRIGGER_REMAP__))); \
(SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (__TRIGGER_REMAP__)); \
}while(0U)
#define __HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_DISABLE(__TRIGGER_REMAP__) do {assert_param(IS_HAL_REMAPTRIGGER((__TRIGGER_REMAP__))); \
(SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ~(__TRIGGER_REMAP__)); \
}while(0U)
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR3_TRIGGER_RMP */
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined (STM32F302xE) || defined (STM32F303xE) || defined (STM32F398xx)
/** @defgroup ADC_Trigger_Remapping_Enable ADC Trigger Remapping Enable
* @{
*/
/** @brief ADC trigger remapping enable/disable macros
* @param __ADCTRIGGER_REMAP__ This parameter can be a value of @ref HAL_ADC_Trigger_Remapping
*/
#define __HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_ENABLE(__ADCTRIGGER_REMAP__) do {assert_param(IS_HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER((__ADCTRIGGER_REMAP__))); \
(SYSCFG->CFGR4 |= (__ADCTRIGGER_REMAP__)); \
}while(0U)
#define __HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER_DISABLE(__ADCTRIGGER_REMAP__) do {assert_param(IS_HAL_REMAPADCTRIGGER((__ADCTRIGGER_REMAP__))); \
(SYSCFG->CFGR4 &= ~(__ADCTRIGGER_REMAP__)); \
}while(0U)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE || STM32F398xx */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR2_BYP_ADDR_PAR)
/** @defgroup RAM_Parity_Check_Disable RAM Parity Check Disable
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Parity check on RAM disable macro
* @note Disabling the parity check on RAM locks the configuration bit.
* To re-enable the parity check on RAM perform a system reset.
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_RAM_PARITYCHECK_DISABLE() (*(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR2_BYPADDRPAR_BB = 0x00000001U)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR2_BYP_ADDR_PAR */
#if defined(SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE0)
/** @defgroup CCM_RAM_Page_Write_Protection_Enable CCM RAM page write protection enable
* @{
*/
/** @brief CCM RAM page write protection enable macro
* @param __PAGE_WP__ This parameter can be a value of @ref HAL_Page_Write_Protection
* @note write protection can only be disabled by a system reset
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_SRAM_WRP_ENABLE(__PAGE_WP__) do {assert_param(IS_HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE((__PAGE_WP__))); \
SYSCFG->RCR |= (__PAGE_WP__); \
}while(0U)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE0 */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Macros HAL Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_TICKFREQ(FREQ) (((FREQ) == HAL_TICK_FREQ_10HZ) || \
((FREQ) == HAL_TICK_FREQ_100HZ) || \
((FREQ) == HAL_TICK_FREQ_1KHZ))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions ******************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void);
void HAL_MspInit(void);
void HAL_MspDeInit(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
extern __IO uint32_t uwTick;
extern uint32_t uwTickPrio;
extern HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
* @brief HAL Control functions
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions ************************************************/
void HAL_IncTick(void);
void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay);
void HAL_SuspendTick(void);
void HAL_ResumeTick(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq);
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F3xx_HAL_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

426
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_cortex.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_cortex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of CORTEX HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F3xx_HAL_CORTEX_H
#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_CORTEX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Types CORTEX Exported Types
* @{
*/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Initialization_Structure_definition MPU Region Initialization Structure Definition
* @brief MPU Region initialization structure
* @{
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Enable; /*!< Specifies the status of the region.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Enable */
uint8_t Number; /*!< Specifies the number of the region to protect.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Number */
uint32_t BaseAddress; /*!< Specifies the base address of the region to protect. */
uint8_t Size; /*!< Specifies the size of the region to protect.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Size */
uint8_t SubRegionDisable; /*!< Specifies the number of the subregion protection to disable.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF */
uint8_t TypeExtField; /*!< Specifies the TEX field level.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_TEX_Levels */
uint8_t AccessPermission; /*!< Specifies the region access permission type.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Permission_Attributes */
uint8_t DisableExec; /*!< Specifies the instruction access status.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Instruction_Access */
uint8_t IsShareable; /*!< Specifies the shareability status of the protected region.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Access_Shareable */
uint8_t IsCacheable; /*!< Specifies the cacheable status of the region protected.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Access_Cacheable */
uint8_t IsBufferable; /*!< Specifies the bufferable status of the protected region.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Access_Bufferable */
}MPU_Region_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Constants CORTEX Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Preemption_Priority_Group CORTEX Preemption Priority Group
* @{
*/
#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 (0x00000007U) /*!< 0 bits for pre-emption priority
4 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1 (0x00000006U) /*!< 1 bits for pre-emption priority
3 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2 (0x00000005U) /*!< 2 bits for pre-emption priority
2 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3 (0x00000004U) /*!< 3 bits for pre-emption priority
1 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4 (0x00000003U) /*!< 4 bits for pre-emption priority
0 bits for subpriority */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_SysTick_clock_source CORTEX SysTick clock source
* @{
*/
#define SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8 (0x00000000U)
#define SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK (0x00000004U)
/**
* @}
*/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_Control MPU HFNMI and PRIVILEGED Access control
* @{
*/
#define MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE (0x00000000U)
#define MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI (0x00000002U)
#define MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT (0x00000004U)
#define MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF (0x00000006U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Enable CORTEX MPU Region Enable
* @{
*/
#define MPU_REGION_ENABLE ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define MPU_REGION_DISABLE ((uint8_t)0x00U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Instruction_Access CORTEX MPU Instruction Access
* @{
*/
#define MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_ENABLE ((uint8_t)0x00U)
#define MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_DISABLE ((uint8_t)0x01U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Access_Shareable CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Shareable
* @{
*/
#define MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define MPU_ACCESS_NOT_SHAREABLE ((uint8_t)0x00U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Access_Cacheable CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Cacheable
* @{
*/
#define MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define MPU_ACCESS_NOT_CACHEABLE ((uint8_t)0x00U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Access_Bufferable CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Bufferable
* @{
*/
#define MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define MPU_ACCESS_NOT_BUFFERABLE ((uint8_t)0x00U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_TEX_Levels MPU TEX Levels
* @{
*/
#define MPU_TEX_LEVEL0 ((uint8_t)0x00U)
#define MPU_TEX_LEVEL1 ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define MPU_TEX_LEVEL2 ((uint8_t)0x02U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Size CORTEX MPU Region Size
* @{
*/
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_32B ((uint8_t)0x04U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_64B ((uint8_t)0x05U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_128B ((uint8_t)0x06U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_256B ((uint8_t)0x07U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_512B ((uint8_t)0x08U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_1KB ((uint8_t)0x09U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_2KB ((uint8_t)0x0AU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_4KB ((uint8_t)0x0BU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_8KB ((uint8_t)0x0CU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_16KB ((uint8_t)0x0DU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_32KB ((uint8_t)0x0EU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_64KB ((uint8_t)0x0FU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_128KB ((uint8_t)0x10U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_256KB ((uint8_t)0x11U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_512KB ((uint8_t)0x12U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_1MB ((uint8_t)0x13U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_2MB ((uint8_t)0x14U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_4MB ((uint8_t)0x15U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_8MB ((uint8_t)0x16U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_16MB ((uint8_t)0x17U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_32MB ((uint8_t)0x18U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_64MB ((uint8_t)0x19U)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_128MB ((uint8_t)0x1AU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_256MB ((uint8_t)0x1BU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_512MB ((uint8_t)0x1CU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_1GB ((uint8_t)0x1DU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_2GB ((uint8_t)0x1EU)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_4GB ((uint8_t)0x1FU)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Permission_Attributes CORTEX MPU Region Permission Attributes
* @{
*/
#define MPU_REGION_NO_ACCESS ((uint8_t)0x00U)
#define MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW_URO ((uint8_t)0x02U)
#define MPU_REGION_FULL_ACCESS ((uint8_t)0x03U)
#define MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO ((uint8_t)0x05U)
#define MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO_URO ((uint8_t)0x06U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Number CORTEX MPU Region Number
* @{
*/
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER0 ((uint8_t)0x00U)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER1 ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER2 ((uint8_t)0x02U)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER3 ((uint8_t)0x03U)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER4 ((uint8_t)0x04U)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER5 ((uint8_t)0x05U)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER6 ((uint8_t)0x06U)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER7 ((uint8_t)0x07U)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported Macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup);
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority);
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void);
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init);
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void);
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority);
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn);
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource);
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void);
void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Private_Macros CORTEX Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(GROUP) (((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4))
#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10U)
#define IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10U)
#define IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQ) ((IRQ) >= 0x00)
/** @defgroup CORTEX_SysTick_clock_source_Macro_Private CORTEX SysTick clock source
* @{
*/
#define IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) || \
((SOURCE) == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8))
/**
* @}
*/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
#define IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_REGION_ENABLE) || \
((STATE) == MPU_REGION_DISABLE))
#define IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_ENABLE) || \
((STATE) == MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_DISABLE))
#define IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE) || \
((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_NOT_SHAREABLE))
#define IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE) || \
((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_NOT_CACHEABLE))
#define IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE) || \
((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_NOT_BUFFERABLE))
#define IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(TYPE) (((TYPE) == MPU_TEX_LEVEL0) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_TEX_LEVEL1) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_TEX_LEVEL2))
#define IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(TYPE) (((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_NO_ACCESS) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW_URO) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_FULL_ACCESS) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO_URO))
#define IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER0) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER1) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER2) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER3) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER4) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER5) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER6) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER7))
#define IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_32B) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_64B) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_128B) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_256B) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_512B) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_1KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_2KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_4KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_8KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_16KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_32KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_64KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_128KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_256KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_512KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_1MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_2MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_4MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_8MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_16MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_32MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_64MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_128MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_256MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_512MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_1GB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_2GB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_4GB))
#define IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(SUBREGION) ((SUBREGION) < (uint16_t)0x00FFU)
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Private_Functions CORTEX Private Functions
* @brief CORTEX private functions
* @{
*/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
void HAL_MPU_Disable(void);
void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control);
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F3xx_HAL_CORTEX_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

177
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_def.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_def.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file contains HAL common defines, enumeration, macros and
* structures definitions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F3xx_HAL_DEF
#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx.h"
#include "Legacy/stm32_hal_legacy.h"
#include <stddef.h>
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief HAL Status structures definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_OK = 0x00U,
HAL_ERROR = 0x01U,
HAL_BUSY = 0x02U,
HAL_TIMEOUT = 0x03
} HAL_StatusTypeDef;
/**
* @brief HAL Lock structures definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_UNLOCKED = 0x00U,
HAL_LOCKED = 0x01
} HAL_LockTypeDef;
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define UNUSED(X) (void)X /* To avoid gcc/g++ warnings */
#define HAL_MAX_DELAY 0xFFFFFFFFU
#define HAL_IS_BIT_SET(REG, BIT) (((REG) & (BIT)) == BIT)
#define HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(REG, BIT) (((REG) & (BIT)) == 0U)
#define __HAL_LINKDMA(__HANDLE__, __PPP_DMA_FIELD_, __DMA_HANDLE_) \
do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->__PPP_DMA_FIELD_ = &(__DMA_HANDLE_); \
(__DMA_HANDLE_).Parent = (__HANDLE__); \
} while(0U)
/** @brief Reset the Handle's State field.
* @param __HANDLE__ specifies the Peripheral Handle.
* @note This macro can be used for the following purpose:
* - When the Handle is declared as local variable; before passing it as parameter
* to HAL_PPP_Init() for the first time, it is mandatory to use this macro
* to set to 0 the Handle's "State" field.
* Otherwise, "State" field may have any random value and the first time the function
* HAL_PPP_Init() is called, the low level hardware initialization will be missed
* (i.e. HAL_PPP_MspInit() will not be executed).
* - When there is a need to reconfigure the low level hardware: instead of calling
* HAL_PPP_DeInit() then HAL_PPP_Init(), user can make a call to this macro then HAL_PPP_Init().
* In this later function, when the Handle's "State" field is set to 0, it will execute the function
* HAL_PPP_MspInit() which will reconfigure the low level hardware.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = 0U)
#if (USE_RTOS == 1U)
#error " USE_RTOS should be 0 in the current HAL release "
#else
#define __HAL_LOCK(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
if((__HANDLE__)->Lock == HAL_LOCKED) \
{ \
return HAL_BUSY; \
} \
else \
{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Lock = HAL_LOCKED; \
} \
}while (0U)
#define __HAL_UNLOCK(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; \
}while (0U)
#endif /* USE_RTOS */
#if defined (__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050) /* ARM Compiler V6 */
#ifndef __weak
#define __weak __attribute__((weak))
#endif
#ifndef __packed
#define __packed __attribute__((packed))
#endif
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) && !defined (__CC_ARM) /* GNU Compiler */
#ifndef __weak
#define __weak __attribute__((weak))
#endif /* __weak */
#ifndef __packed
#define __packed __attribute__((__packed__))
#endif /* __packed */
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
/* Macro to get variable aligned on 4-bytes, for __ICCARM__ the directive "#pragma data_alignment=4" must be used instead */
#if defined (__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050) /* ARM Compiler V6 */
#ifndef __ALIGN_BEGIN
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN
#endif
#ifndef __ALIGN_END
#define __ALIGN_END __attribute__ ((aligned (4)))
#endif
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) && !defined (__CC_ARM) /* GNU Compiler */
#ifndef __ALIGN_END
#define __ALIGN_END __attribute__ ((aligned (4)))
#endif /* __ALIGN_END */
#ifndef __ALIGN_BEGIN
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN
#endif /* __ALIGN_BEGIN */
#else
#ifndef __ALIGN_END
#define __ALIGN_END
#endif /* __ALIGN_END */
#ifndef __ALIGN_BEGIN
#if defined (__CC_ARM) /* ARM Compiler V5*/
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN __align(4)
#elif defined (__ICCARM__) /* IAR Compiler */
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN
#endif /* __CC_ARM */
#endif /* __ALIGN_BEGIN */
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
/**
* @brief __NOINLINE definition
*/
#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) || (defined (__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)) || defined ( __GNUC__ )
/* ARM V4/V5 and V6 & GNU Compiler
-------------------------------
*/
#define __NOINLINE __attribute__ ( (noinline) )
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
/* ICCARM Compiler
---------------
*/
#define __NOINLINE _Pragma("optimize = no_inline")
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* ___STM32F3xx_HAL_DEF */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

454
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_dma.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,454 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_dma.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of DMA HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F3xx_HAL_DMA_H
#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_DMA_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Types DMA Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief DMA Configuration Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Direction; /*!< Specifies if the data will be transferred from memory to peripheral,
from memory to memory or from peripheral to memory.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Data_transfer_direction */
uint32_t PeriphInc; /*!< Specifies whether the Peripheral address register should be incremented or not.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode */
uint32_t MemInc; /*!< Specifies whether the memory address register should be incremented or not.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Memory_incremented_mode */
uint32_t PeriphDataAlignment; /*!< Specifies the Peripheral data width.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Peripheral_data_size */
uint32_t MemDataAlignment; /*!< Specifies the Memory data width.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Memory_data_size */
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Channelx.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_mode
@note The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory
data transfer is configured on the selected Channel */
uint32_t Priority; /*!< Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Channelx.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Priority_level */
} DMA_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief HAL DMA State structures definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET = 0x00U, /*!< DMA not yet initialized or disabled */
HAL_DMA_STATE_READY = 0x01U, /*!< DMA initialized and ready for use */
HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY = 0x02U, /*!< DMA process is ongoing */
HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0x03 /*!< DMA timeout state */
}HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef;
/**
* @brief HAL DMA Error Code structure definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER = 0x00U, /*!< Full transfer */
HAL_DMA_HALF_TRANSFER = 0x01 /*!< Half Transfer */
}HAL_DMA_LevelCompleteTypeDef;
/**
* @brief HAL DMA Callback ID structure definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID = 0x00U, /*!< Full transfer */
HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID = 0x01U, /*!< Half transfer */
HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID = 0x02U, /*!< Error */
HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID = 0x03U, /*!< Abort */
HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID = 0x04 /*!< All */
}HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef;
/**
* @brief DMA handle Structure definition
*/
typedef struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef
{
DMA_Channel_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< Register base address */
DMA_InitTypeDef Init; /*!< DMA communication parameters */
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< DMA locking object */
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef State; /*!< DMA transfer state */
void *Parent; /*!< Parent object state */
void (* XferCpltCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA transfer complete callback */
void (* XferHalfCpltCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA Half transfer complete callback */
void (* XferErrorCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA transfer error callback */
void (* XferAbortCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA transfer abort callback */
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode; /*!< DMA Error code */
DMA_TypeDef *DmaBaseAddress; /*!< DMA Channel Base Address */
uint32_t ChannelIndex; /*!< DMA Channel Index */
} DMA_HandleTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Constants DMA Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Error_Code DMA Error Code
* @{
*/
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE (0x00000000U) /*!< No error */
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE (0x00000001U) /*!< Transfer error */
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER (0x00000004U) /*!< no ongoin transfer */
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT (0x00000020U) /*!< Timeout error */
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED (0x00000100U) /*!< Not supported mode */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Data_transfer_direction DMA Data transfer direction
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY (0x00000000U) /*!< Peripheral to memory direction */
#define DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_DIR) /*!< Memory to peripheral direction */
#define DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM) /*!< Memory to memory direction */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode DMA Peripheral incremented mode
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PINC_ENABLE ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PINC) /*!< Peripheral increment mode Enable */
#define DMA_PINC_DISABLE (0x00000000U) /*!< Peripheral increment mode Disable */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Memory_incremented_mode DMA Memory incremented mode
* @{
*/
#define DMA_MINC_ENABLE ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_MINC) /*!< Memory increment mode Enable */
#define DMA_MINC_DISABLE (0x00000000U) /*!< Memory increment mode Disable */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Peripheral_data_size DMA Peripheral data size
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE (0x00000000U) /*!< Peripheral data alignment : Byte */
#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PSIZE_0) /*!< Peripheral data alignment : HalfWord */
#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PSIZE_1) /*!< Peripheral data alignment : Word */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Memory_data_size DMA Memory data size
* @{
*/
#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE (0x00000000U) /*!< Memory data alignment : Byte */
#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_MSIZE_0) /*!< Memory data alignment : HalfWord */
#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_MSIZE_1) /*!< Memory data alignment : Word */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_mode DMA mode
* @{
*/
#define DMA_NORMAL (0x00000000U) /*!< Normal Mode */
#define DMA_CIRCULAR ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_CIRC) /*!< Circular Mode */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Priority_level DMA Priority level
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PRIORITY_LOW (0x00000000U) /*!< Priority level : Low */
#define DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PL_0) /*!< Priority level : Medium */
#define DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PL_1) /*!< Priority level : High */
#define DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_PL) /*!< Priority level : Very_High */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_interrupt_enable_definitions DMA interrupt enable definitions
* @{
*/
#define DMA_IT_TC ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_TCIE)
#define DMA_IT_HT ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_HTIE)
#define DMA_IT_TE ((uint32_t)DMA_CCR_TEIE)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_flag_definitions DMA flag definitions
* @{
*/
#define DMA_FLAG_GL1 (0x00000001U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TC1 (0x00000002U)
#define DMA_FLAG_HT1 (0x00000004U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TE1 (0x00000008U)
#define DMA_FLAG_GL2 (0x00000010U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TC2 (0x00000020U)
#define DMA_FLAG_HT2 (0x00000040U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TE2 (0x00000080U)
#define DMA_FLAG_GL3 (0x00000100U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TC3 (0x00000200U)
#define DMA_FLAG_HT3 (0x00000400U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TE3 (0x00000800U)
#define DMA_FLAG_GL4 (0x00001000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TC4 (0x00002000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_HT4 (0x00004000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TE4 (0x00008000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_GL5 (0x00010000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TC5 (0x00020000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_HT5 (0x00040000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TE5 (0x00080000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_GL6 (0x00100000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TC6 (0x00200000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_HT6 (0x00400000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TE6 (0x00800000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_GL7 (0x01000000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TC7 (0x02000000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_HT7 (0x04000000U)
#define DMA_FLAG_TE7 (0x08000000U)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Macros DMA Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/** @brief Reset DMA handle state
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET)
/**
* @brief Enable the specified DMA Channel.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN)
/**
* @brief Disable the specified DMA Channel.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN)
/* Interrupt & Flag management */
/**
* @brief Enables the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the DMA interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask
* @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask
* @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR |= (__INTERRUPT__))
/**
* @brief Disables the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the DMA interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask
* @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask
* @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR &= ~(__INTERRUPT__))
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt is enabled or disabled.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the DMA interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask
* @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask
* @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask
* @retval The state of DMA_IT (SET or RESET).
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR & (__INTERRUPT__)))
/**
* @brief Returns the number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Channelx transfer.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
*
* @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMA Channel transfer.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CNDTR)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Include DMA HAL Extended module */
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_dma_ex.h"
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
* @{
*/
/* Input and Output operation functions *****************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout);
void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)( DMA_HandleTypeDef * _hdma));
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Macros DMA Private Macros
* @brief DMA private macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) >= 0x1U) && ((SIZE) < 0x10000U))
#define IS_DMA_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY ) || \
((DIRECTION) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
((DIRECTION) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_PINC_ENABLE) || \
((STATE) == DMA_PINC_DISABLE))
#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_MINC_ENABLE) || \
((STATE) == DMA_MINC_DISABLE))
#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD ))
#define IS_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA_NORMAL ) || \
((MODE) == DMA_CIRCULAR))
#define IS_DMA_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) (((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_LOW ) || \
((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH) || \
((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F3xx_HAL_DMA_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

274
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_dma_ex.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_dma_ex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of DMA HAL extension module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F3xx_HAL_DMA_EX_H
#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_DMA_EX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Macros DMA Extended Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/* Interrupt & Flag management */
#if defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F303xE) || defined(STM32F398xx) || \
defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || defined(STM32F358xx) || \
defined(STM32F373xC) || defined(STM32F378xx)
/**
* @brief Returns the current DMA Channel transfer complete flag.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval The specified transfer complete flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__) \
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TC1 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TC2 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TC3 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TC4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_TC5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_TC6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel7))? DMA_FLAG_TC7 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TC1 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TC2 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TC3 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TC4 :\
DMA_FLAG_TC5)
/**
* @brief Returns the current DMA Channel half transfer complete flag.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval The specified half transfer complete flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_HT1 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_HT2 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_HT3 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_HT4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_HT5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_HT6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel7))? DMA_FLAG_HT7 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_HT1 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_HT2 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_HT3 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_HT4 :\
DMA_FLAG_HT5)
/**
* @brief Returns the current DMA Channel transfer error flag.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval The specified transfer error flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TE1 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TE2 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TE3 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TE4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_TE5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_TE6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel7))? DMA_FLAG_TE7 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TE1 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TE2 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TE3 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TE4 :\
DMA_FLAG_TE5)
/**
* @brief Return the current DMA Channel Global interrupt flag.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval The specified transfer error flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_GI_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_GL1 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_GL2 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_GL3 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_GL4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_GL5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_GL6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel7))? DMA_FLAG_GL7 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_GL1 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_GL2 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_GL3 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_GL4 :\
DMA_FLAG_GL5)
/**
* @brief Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @param __FLAG__ Get the specified flag.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TCx: Transfer complete flag
* @arg DMA_FLAG_HTx: Half transfer complete flag
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TEx: Transfer error flag
* Where x can be 1_7 or 1_5 (depending on DMA1 or DMA2) to select the DMA Channel flag.
* @retval The state of FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel7)? (DMA2->ISR & (__FLAG__)) :\
(DMA1->ISR & (__FLAG__)))
/**
* @brief Clears the DMA Channel pending flags.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @param __FLAG__ specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TCx: Transfer complete flag
* @arg DMA_FLAG_HTx: Half transfer complete flag
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TEx: Transfer error flag
* Where x can be 1_7 or 1_5 (depending on DMA1 or DMA2) to select the DMA Channel flag.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) \
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel7)? (DMA2->IFCR = (__FLAG__)) :\
(DMA1->IFCR = (__FLAG__)))
/**
* @}
*/
#else /* STM32F301x8_STM32F302x8_STM32F318xx_STM32F303x8_STM32F334x8_STM32F328xx Product devices */
/** @defgroup DMA_Low_density_Medium_density_Product_devices DMA Low density and Medium density product devices
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the current DMA Channel transfer complete flag.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval The specified transfer complete flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__) \
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TC1 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TC2 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TC3 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TC4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_TC5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_TC6 :\
DMA_FLAG_TC7)
/**
* @brief Returns the current DMA Channel half transfer complete flag.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval The specified half transfer complete flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_HT1 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_HT2 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_HT3 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_HT4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_HT5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_HT6 :\
DMA_FLAG_HT7)
/**
* @brief Returns the current DMA Channel transfer error flag.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval The specified transfer error flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TE1 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TE2 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TE3 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TE4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_TE5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_TE6 :\
DMA_FLAG_TE7)
/**
* @brief Return the current DMA Channel Global interrupt flag.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval The specified transfer error flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_GI_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_GL1 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_GL2 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_GL3 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_GL4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_GL5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_GL6 :\
DMA_FLAG_GL7)
/**
* @brief Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @param __FLAG__ Get the specified flag.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TCx: Transfer complete flag
* @arg DMA_FLAG_HTx: Half transfer complete flag
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TEx: Transfer error flag
* Where x can be 1_7 to select the DMA Channel flag.
* @retval The state of FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (DMA1->ISR & (__FLAG__))
/**
* @brief Clears the DMA Channel pending flags.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @param __FLAG__ specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TCx: Transfer complete flag
* @arg DMA_FLAG_HTx: Half transfer complete flag
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TEx: Transfer error flag
* Where x can be 1_7 to select the DMA Channel flag.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (DMA1->IFCR = (__FLAG__))
/**
* @}
*/
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE || STM32F398xx || */
/* STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC || STM32F358xx || */
/* STM32F373xC || STM32F378xx */
#endif /* __STM32F3xx_HAL_DMA_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

404
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_exti.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_exti.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of EXTI HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2019 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef STM32F3xx_HAL_EXTI_H
#define STM32F3xx_HAL_EXTI_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI EXTI
* @brief EXTI HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Types EXTI Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief HAL EXTI common Callback ID enumeration definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID = 0x00U
} EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef;
/**
* @brief EXTI Handle structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Line; /*!< Exti line number */
void (* PendingCallback)(void); /*!< Exti pending callback */
} EXTI_HandleTypeDef;
/**
* @brief EXTI Configuration structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Line; /*!< The Exti line to be configured. This parameter
can be a value of @ref EXTI_Line */
uint32_t Mode; /*!< The Exit Mode to be configured for a core.
This parameter can be a combination of @ref EXTI_Mode */
uint32_t Trigger; /*!< The Exti Trigger to be configured. This parameter
can be a value of @ref EXTI_Trigger */
uint32_t GPIOSel; /*!< The Exti GPIO multiplexer selection to be configured.
This parameter is only possible for line 0 to 15. It
can be a value of @ref EXTI_GPIOSel */
} EXTI_ConfigTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Constants EXTI Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Line EXTI Line
* @{
*/
#define EXTI_LINE_0 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x00u) /*!< External interrupt line 0 */
#define EXTI_LINE_1 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x01u) /*!< External interrupt line 1 */
#define EXTI_LINE_2 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x02u) /*!< External interrupt line 2 */
#define EXTI_LINE_3 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x03u) /*!< External interrupt line 3 */
#define EXTI_LINE_4 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x04u) /*!< External interrupt line 4 */
#define EXTI_LINE_5 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x05u) /*!< External interrupt line 5 */
#define EXTI_LINE_6 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x06u) /*!< External interrupt line 6 */
#define EXTI_LINE_7 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x07u) /*!< External interrupt line 7 */
#define EXTI_LINE_8 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x08u) /*!< External interrupt line 8 */
#define EXTI_LINE_9 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x09u) /*!< External interrupt line 9 */
#define EXTI_LINE_10 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x0Au) /*!< External interrupt line 10 */
#define EXTI_LINE_11 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x0Bu) /*!< External interrupt line 11 */
#define EXTI_LINE_12 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x0Cu) /*!< External interrupt line 12 */
#define EXTI_LINE_13 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x0Du) /*!< External interrupt line 13 */
#define EXTI_LINE_14 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x0Eu) /*!< External interrupt line 14 */
#define EXTI_LINE_15 (EXTI_GPIO | EXTI_REG1 | 0x0Fu) /*!< External interrupt line 15 */
#define EXTI_LINE_16 (EXTI_CONFIG | EXTI_REG1 | 0x10u) /*!< External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD Output */
#define EXTI_LINE_17 (EXTI_CONFIG | EXTI_REG1 | 0x11u) /*!< External interrupt line 17 Connected to the RTC Alarm event */
#if defined(EXTI_IMR_MR18)
#define EXTI_LINE_18 (EXTI_CONFIG | EXTI_REG1 | 0x12u) /*!< External interrupt line 18 Connected to the USB OTG FS Wakeup from suspend event */
#else
#define EXTI_LINE_18 (EXTI_RESERVED | EXTI_REG1 | 0x12u)
#endif /* EXTI_IMR_MR18 */
#define EXTI_LINE_19 (EXTI_CONFIG | EXTI_REG1 | 0x13u) /*!< External interrupt line 19 Connected to the RTC tamper and Timestamps */
#define EXTI_LINE_20 (EXTI_CONFIG | EXTI_REG1 | 0x14u) /*!< External interrupt line 20 Connected to the RTC wakeup timer */
#if defined(EXTI_IMR_MR21)
#define EXTI_LINE_21 (EXTI_CONFIG | EXTI_REG1 | 0x15u) /*!< External interrupt line 21 Connected to the Comparator 1 output */
#else
#define EXTI_LINE_21 (EXTI_RESERVED | EXTI_REG1 | 0x15u)
#endif /* EXTI_IMR_MR21 */
#define EXTI_LINE_22 (EXTI_CONFIG | EXTI_REG1 | 0x16u) /*!< External interrupt line 22 Connected to the Comparator 2 output */
#define EXTI_LINE_23 (EXTI_DIRECT | EXTI_REG1 | 0x17u) /*!< External interrupt line 23 Connected to the internal I2C1 wakeup event */
#if defined(EXTI_IMR_MR24)
#define EXTI_LINE_24 (EXTI_DIRECT | EXTI_REG1 | 0x18u) /*!< External interrupt line 24 Connected to the internal I2C2 wakeup event */
#else
#define EXTI_LINE_24 (EXTI_RESERVED | EXTI_REG1 | 0x18u)
#endif /* EXTI_IMR_MR24 */
#define EXTI_LINE_25 (EXTI_DIRECT | EXTI_REG1 | 0x19u) /*!< External interrupt line 25 Connected to the internal USART1 wakeup event */
#if defined(EXTI_IMR_MR26)
#define EXTI_LINE_26 (EXTI_DIRECT | EXTI_REG1 | 0x1Au) /*!< External interrupt line 26 Connected to the internal USART2 wakeup event */
#else
#define EXTI_LINE_26 (EXTI_RESERVED | EXTI_REG1 | 0x1Au)
#endif /* EXTI_IMR_MR26 */
#if defined(EXTI_IMR_MR27)
#define EXTI_LINE_27 (EXTI_DIRECT | EXTI_REG1 | 0x1Bu) /*!< External interrupt line 27 Connected to the internal I2C3 wakeup event */
#else
#define EXTI_LINE_27 (EXTI_RESERVED | EXTI_REG1 | 0x1Bu)
#endif /* EXTI_IMR_MR27 */
#if defined(EXTI_IMR_MR28)
#define EXTI_LINE_28 (EXTI_DIRECT | EXTI_REG1 | 0x1Cu) /*!< External interrupt line 28 Connected to the internal USART3 wakeup event */
#else
#define EXTI_LINE_28 (EXTI_RESERVED | EXTI_REG1 | 0x1Cu)
#endif /* EXTI_IMR_MR28 */
#if defined(EXTI_32_63_SUPPORT)
#if defined(EXTI_IMR_MR29)
#define EXTI_LINE_29 (EXTI_CONFIG | EXTI_REG1 | 0x1Du) /*!< External interrupt line 29 Connected to the Comparator 3 output */
#else
#define EXTI_LINE_29 (EXTI_RESERVED | EXTI_REG1 | 0x1Cu)
#endif /* EXTI_IMR_MR29 */
#if defined(EXTI_IMR_MR30)
#define EXTI_LINE_30 (EXTI_CONFIG | EXTI_REG1 | 0x1Eu) /*!< External interrupt line 30 Connected to the Comparator 4 output */
#else
#define EXTI_LINE_30 (EXTI_RESERVED | EXTI_REG1 | 0x1Eu)
#endif /* EXTI_IMR_MR30 */
#if defined(EXTI_IMR_MR31)
#define EXTI_LINE_31 (EXTI_CONFIG | EXTI_REG1 | 0x1Fu) /*!< External interrupt line 31 Connected to the Comparator 5 output */
#else
#define EXTI_LINE_31 (EXTI_RESERVED | EXTI_REG1 | 0x1Fu)
#endif /* EXTI_IMR_MR31 */
#define EXTI_LINE_32 (EXTI_CONFIG | EXTI_REG2 | 0x00u) /*!< External interrupt line 32 Connected to the Comparator 6 output */
#if defined(EXTI_IMR2_MR33)
#define EXTI_LINE_33 (EXTI_CONFIG | EXTI_REG2 | 0x01u) /*!< External interrupt line 33 Connected to the Comparator 7 output */
#else
#define EXTI_LINE_33 (EXTI_RESERVED | EXTI_REG2 | 0x01u)
#endif /* EXTI_IMR2_MR33 */
#if defined(EXTI_IMR2_MR34)
#define EXTI_LINE_34 (EXTI_DIRECT | EXTI_REG2 | 0x02u) /*!< External interrupt line 34 Connected to the USART4 output */
#else
#define EXTI_LINE_34 (EXTI_RESERVED | EXTI_REG2 | 0x02u)
#endif /* EXTI_IMR2_MR34 */
#if defined(EXTI_IMR2_MR35)
#define EXTI_LINE_35 (EXTI_DIRECT | EXTI_REG2 | 0x03u) /*!< External interrupt line 35 Connected to the USART5 output */
#else
#define EXTI_LINE_35 (EXTI_RESERVED | EXTI_REG2 | 0x03u)
#endif /* EXTI_IMR2_MR35 */
#endif /* EXTI_32_63_SUPPORT */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Mode EXTI Mode
* @{
*/
#define EXTI_MODE_NONE 0x00000000u
#define EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT 0x00000001u
#define EXTI_MODE_EVENT 0x00000002u
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Trigger EXTI Trigger
* @{
*/
#define EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE 0x00000000u
#define EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING 0x00000001u
#define EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING 0x00000002u
#define EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING (EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING | EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_GPIOSel EXTI GPIOSel
* @brief
* @{
*/
#define EXTI_GPIOA 0x00000000u
#define EXTI_GPIOB 0x00000001u
#define EXTI_GPIOC 0x00000002u
#define EXTI_GPIOD 0x00000003u
#if defined(GPIOE)
#define EXTI_GPIOE 0x00000004u
#endif /* GPIOE */
#define EXTI_GPIOF 0x00000005u
#if defined(GPIOG)
#define EXTI_GPIOG 0x00000006u
#endif /* GPIOG */
#if defined(GPIOH)
#define EXTI_GPIOH 0x00000007u
#endif /* GPIOH */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Macros EXTI Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief EXTI Line property definition
*/
#define EXTI_PROPERTY_SHIFT 24u
#define EXTI_DIRECT (0x01uL << EXTI_PROPERTY_SHIFT)
#define EXTI_CONFIG (0x02uL << EXTI_PROPERTY_SHIFT)
#define EXTI_GPIO ((0x04uL << EXTI_PROPERTY_SHIFT) | EXTI_CONFIG)
#define EXTI_RESERVED (0x08uL << EXTI_PROPERTY_SHIFT)
#define EXTI_PROPERTY_MASK (EXTI_DIRECT | EXTI_CONFIG | EXTI_GPIO)
/**
* @brief EXTI Register and bit usage
*/
#define EXTI_REG_SHIFT 16u
#define EXTI_REG1 (0x00uL << EXTI_REG_SHIFT)
#define EXTI_REG2 (0x01uL << EXTI_REG_SHIFT)
#define EXTI_REG_MASK (EXTI_REG1 | EXTI_REG2)
#define EXTI_PIN_MASK 0x0000001Fu
/**
* @brief EXTI Mask for interrupt & event mode
*/
#define EXTI_MODE_MASK (EXTI_MODE_EVENT | EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT)
/**
* @brief EXTI Mask for trigger possibilities
*/
#define EXTI_TRIGGER_MASK (EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING | EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING)
/**
* @brief EXTI Line number
*/
#if defined(EXTI_32_63_SUPPORT)
#define EXTI_LINE_NB 36uL
#else
#define EXTI_LINE_NB 29uL
#endif /* EXTI_32_63_SUPPORT */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Macros EXTI Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_EXTI_LINE(__EXTI_LINE__) ((((__EXTI_LINE__) & ~(EXTI_PROPERTY_MASK | EXTI_REG_MASK | EXTI_PIN_MASK)) == 0x00u) && \
((((__EXTI_LINE__) & EXTI_PROPERTY_MASK) == EXTI_DIRECT) || \
(((__EXTI_LINE__) & EXTI_PROPERTY_MASK) == EXTI_CONFIG) || \
(((__EXTI_LINE__) & EXTI_PROPERTY_MASK) == EXTI_GPIO)) && \
(((__EXTI_LINE__) & (EXTI_REG_MASK | EXTI_PIN_MASK)) < \
(((EXTI_LINE_NB / 32u) << EXTI_REG_SHIFT) | (EXTI_LINE_NB % 32u))))
#define IS_EXTI_MODE(__EXTI_LINE__) ((((__EXTI_LINE__) & EXTI_MODE_MASK) != 0x00u) && \
(((__EXTI_LINE__) & ~EXTI_MODE_MASK) == 0x00u))
#define IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(__EXTI_LINE__) (((__EXTI_LINE__) & ~EXTI_TRIGGER_MASK) == 0x00u)
#define IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(__EXTI_LINE__) ((__EXTI_LINE__) == EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING)
#define IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(__EXTI_LINE__) (((__EXTI_LINE__) & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
#if defined(GPIOH)
#define IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(__PORT__) (((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOA) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOB) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOC) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOD) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOE) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOF) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOG) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOH))
#elif defined(GPIOE)
#define IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(__PORT__) (((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOA) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOB) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOC) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOD) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOE) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOF))
#else
#define IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(__PORT__) (((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOA) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOB) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOC) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOD) || \
((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOF))
#endif /* GPIOE */
#define IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(__PIN__) ((__PIN__) < 16u)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Functions EXTI Exported Functions
* @brief EXTI Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Configuration functions
* @brief Configuration functions
* @{
*/
/* Configuration functions ****************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void));
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief IO operation functions
* @{
*/
/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti);
uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge);
void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge);
void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* STM32F3xx_HAL_EXTI_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

381
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_flash.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_flash.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of Flash HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F3xx_HAL_FLASH_H
#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_FLASH_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE (50000U) /* 50 s */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(VALUE) (((VALUE) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD) || \
((VALUE) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD) || \
((VALUE) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD))
#define IS_FLASH_LATENCY(__LATENCY__) (((__LATENCY__) == FLASH_LATENCY_0) || \
((__LATENCY__) == FLASH_LATENCY_1) || \
((__LATENCY__) == FLASH_LATENCY_2))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Types FLASH Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief FLASH Procedure structure definition
*/
typedef enum
{
FLASH_PROC_NONE = 0U,
FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE = 1U,
FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE = 2U,
FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD = 3U,
FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD = 4U,
FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD = 5U
} FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef;
/**
* @brief FLASH handle Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
__IO FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef ProcedureOnGoing; /*!< Internal variable to indicate which procedure is ongoing or not in IT context */
__IO uint32_t DataRemaining; /*!< Internal variable to save the remaining pages to erase or half-word to program in IT context */
__IO uint32_t Address; /*!< Internal variable to save address selected for program or erase */
__IO uint64_t Data; /*!< Internal variable to save data to be programmed */
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< FLASH locking object */
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode; /*!< FLASH error code
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Error_Codes */
} FLASH_ProcessTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Constants FLASH Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Error_Codes FLASH Error Codes
* @{
*/
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE 0x00U /*!< No error */
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG 0x01U /*!< Programming error */
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP 0x02U /*!< Write protection error */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Type_Program FLASH Type Program
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD (0x01U) /*!<Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD (0x02U) /*!<Program a word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD (0x03U) /*!<Program a double word (64-bit) at a specified address*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Latency FLASH Latency
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_LATENCY_0 (0x00000000U) /*!< FLASH Zero Latency cycle */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_1 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_0 /*!< FLASH One Latency cycle */
#define FLASH_LATENCY_2 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_1 /*!< FLASH Two Latency cycles */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Flag_definition FLASH Flag definition
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY FLASH_SR_BSY /*!< FLASH Busy flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_PGERR FLASH_SR_PGERR /*!< FLASH Programming error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR FLASH_SR_WRPERR /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP FLASH_SR_EOP /*!< FLASH End of Operation flag */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupt_definition FLASH Interrupt definition
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_IT_EOP FLASH_CR_EOPIE /*!< End of FLASH Operation Interrupt source */
#define FLASH_IT_ERR FLASH_CR_ERRIE /*!< Error Interrupt source */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Macros FLASH Exported Macros
* @brief macros to control FLASH features
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Half_Cycle FLASH Half Cycle
* @brief macros to handle FLASH half cycle
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable the FLASH half cycle access.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_HALF_CYCLE_ACCESS_ENABLE() (FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_HLFCYA)
/**
* @brief Disable the FLASH half cycle access.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_HALF_CYCLE_ACCESS_DISABLE() (FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_HLFCYA))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_EM_Latency FLASH Latency
* @brief macros to handle FLASH Latency
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set the FLASH Latency.
* @param __LATENCY__ FLASH Latency
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref FLASH_LATENCY_0 FLASH Zero Latency cycle
* @arg @ref FLASH_LATENCY_1 FLASH One Latency cycle
* @arg @ref FLASH_LATENCY_2 FLASH Two Latency cycles
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(__LATENCY__) (FLASH->ACR = (FLASH->ACR&(~FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)) | (__LATENCY__))
/**
* @brief Get the FLASH Latency.
* @retval FLASH Latency
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref FLASH_LATENCY_0 FLASH Zero Latency cycle
* @arg @ref FLASH_LATENCY_1 FLASH One Latency cycle
* @arg @ref FLASH_LATENCY_2 FLASH Two Latency cycles
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() (READ_BIT((FLASH->ACR), FLASH_ACR_LATENCY))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Prefetch FLASH Prefetch
* @brief macros to handle FLASH Prefetch buffer
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable the FLASH prefetch buffer.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE() (FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_PRFTBE)
/**
* @brief Disable the FLASH prefetch buffer.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_DISABLE() (FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_PRFTBE))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupt FLASH Interrupts
* @brief macros to handle FLASH interrupts
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable the specified FLASH interrupt.
* @param __INTERRUPT__ FLASH interrupt
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg @ref FLASH_IT_EOP End of FLASH Operation Interrupt
* @arg @ref FLASH_IT_ERR Error Interrupt
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(__INTERRUPT__) SET_BIT((FLASH->CR), (__INTERRUPT__))
/**
* @brief Disable the specified FLASH interrupt.
* @param __INTERRUPT__ FLASH interrupt
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg @ref FLASH_IT_EOP End of FLASH Operation Interrupt
* @arg @ref FLASH_IT_ERR Error Interrupt
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(__INTERRUPT__) CLEAR_BIT((FLASH->CR), (uint32_t)(__INTERRUPT__))
/**
* @brief Get the specified FLASH flag status.
* @param __FLAG__ specifies the FLASH flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_BSY FLASH Busy flag
* @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_EOP FLASH End of Operation flag
* @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR FLASH Write protected error flag
* @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_PGERR FLASH Programming error flag
* @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (SET or RESET).
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(__FLAG__) (((FLASH->SR) & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__))
/**
* @brief Clear the specified FLASH flag.
* @param __FLAG__ specifies the FLASH flags to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_EOP FLASH End of Operation flag
* @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR FLASH Write protected error flag
* @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_PGERR FLASH Programming error flag
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(__FLAG__) ((FLASH->SR) = (__FLAG__))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Include FLASH HAL Extended module */
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_flash_ex.h"
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
/* FLASH IRQ handler function */
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void);
/* Callbacks in non blocking modes */
void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue);
void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function -------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F3xx_HAL_FLASH_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

475
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_flash_ex.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,475 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_flash_ex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of Flash HAL Extended module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F3xx_HAL_FLASH_EX_H
#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_FLASH_EX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASHEx
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_SIZE_DATA_REGISTER (0x1FFFF7CCU)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == FLASH_TYPEERASE_PAGES) || \
((VALUE) == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE))
#define IS_OPTIONBYTE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= (OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER | OPTIONBYTE_DATA))
#define IS_WRPSTATE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == OB_WRPSTATE_DISABLE) || \
((VALUE) == OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE))
#define IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0) || ((ADDRESS) == OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA1))
#define IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_0) ||\
((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_1))/*||\
((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_2))*/
#define IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_SW) || ((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_HW))
#define IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_NO_RST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_RST))
#define IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_NO_RST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_RST))
#define IS_OB_BOOT1(BOOT1) (((BOOT1) == OB_BOOT1_RESET) || ((BOOT1) == OB_BOOT1_SET))
#define IS_OB_VDDA_ANALOG(ANALOG) (((ANALOG) == OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON) || ((ANALOG) == OB_VDDA_ANALOG_OFF))
#define IS_OB_SRAM_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == OB_SRAM_PARITY_SET) || ((PARITY) == OB_SRAM_PARITY_RESET))
#if defined(FLASH_OBR_SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR)
#define IS_OB_SDACD_VDD_MONITOR(VDD_MONITOR) (((VDD_MONITOR) == OB_SDACD_VDD_MONITOR_SET) || \
((VDD_MONITOR) == OB_SDACD_VDD_MONITOR_RESET))
#endif /* FLASH_OBR_SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR */
#define IS_OB_WRP(PAGE) (((PAGE) != 0x0000000U))
#if defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || defined(STM32F358xx) \
|| defined(STM32F373xC) || defined(STM32F378xx)
#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= FLASH_BASE) && (((*((uint16_t *)FLASH_SIZE_DATA_REGISTER)) == 0x100U) ? \
((ADDRESS) <= 0x0803FFFFU) : (((*((uint16_t *)FLASH_SIZE_DATA_REGISTER)) == 0x80U) ? \
((ADDRESS) <= 0x0801FFFFU) : ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0800FFFFU))))
#endif /* STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC || STM32F358xx || */
/* STM32F373xC || STM32F378xx */
#if defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F303xE) || defined(STM32F398xx)
#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= FLASH_BASE) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0807FFFFU))
#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE || STM32F398xx */
#if defined(STM32F301x8) || defined(STM32F302x8) || defined(STM32F318xx) \
|| defined(STM32F303x8) || defined(STM32F334x8) || defined(STM32F328xx)
#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= FLASH_BASE) && (((*((uint16_t *)FLASH_SIZE_DATA_REGISTER)) == 0x40U) ? \
((ADDRESS) <= 0x0800FFFFU) : (((*((uint16_t *)FLASH_SIZE_DATA_REGISTER)) == 0x20U) ? \
((ADDRESS) <= 0x08007FFFU) : ((ADDRESS) <= 0x08003FFFU))))
#endif /* STM32F301x8 || STM32F302x8 || STM32F318xx || */
/* STM32F303x8 || STM32F334x8 || STM32F328xx */
#if defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || defined(STM32F358xx) \
|| defined(STM32F373xC) || defined(STM32F378xx)
#define IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(ADDRESS,NBPAGES) (((*((uint16_t *)FLASH_SIZE_DATA_REGISTER)) == 0x100U) ? ((ADDRESS)+((NBPAGES)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)-1U <= 0x0803FFFFU) : \
(((*((uint16_t *)FLASH_SIZE_DATA_REGISTER)) == 0x80U) ? ((ADDRESS)+((NBPAGES)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)-1U <= 0x0801FFFFU) : \
((ADDRESS)+((NBPAGES)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)-1U <= 0x0800FFFFU)))
#endif /* STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC || STM32F358xx || */
/* STM32F373xC || STM32F378xx */
#if defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F303xE) || defined(STM32F398xx)
#define IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(ADDRESS,NBPAGES) ((ADDRESS)+((NBPAGES)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)-1U <= 0x0807FFFFU)
#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE || STM32F398xx */
#if defined(STM32F301x8) || defined(STM32F302x8) || defined(STM32F318xx) \
|| defined(STM32F303x8) || defined(STM32F334x8) || defined(STM32F328xx)
#define IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(ADDRESS,NBPAGES) (((*((uint16_t *)FLASH_SIZE_DATA_REGISTER)) == 0x40U) ? ((ADDRESS)+((NBPAGES)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)-1U <= 0x0800FFFFU) : \
(((*((uint16_t *)FLASH_SIZE_DATA_REGISTER)) == 0x20U) ? ((ADDRESS)+((NBPAGES)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)-1U <= 0x08007FFFU) : \
((ADDRESS)+((NBPAGES)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)-1U <= 0x08003FFFU)))
#endif /* STM32F301x8 || STM32F302x8 || STM32F318xx || */
/* STM32F303x8 || STM32F334x8 || STM32F328xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Types FLASHEx Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief FLASH Erase structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t TypeErase; /*!< TypeErase: Mass erase or page erase.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Type_Erase */
uint32_t PageAddress; /*!< PageAdress: Initial FLASH page address to erase when mass erase is disabled
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = FLASH_BASE and Max_Data = FLASH_BANK1_END */
uint32_t NbPages; /*!< NbPages: Number of pagess to be erased.
This parameter must be a value between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = (max number of pages - value of initial page)*/
} FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief FLASH Options bytes program structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t OptionType; /*!< OptionType: Option byte to be configured.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_OB_Type */
uint32_t WRPState; /*!< WRPState: Write protection activation or deactivation.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_OB_WRP_State */
uint32_t WRPPage; /*!< WRPPage: specifies the page(s) to be write protected
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_OB_Write_Protection */
uint8_t RDPLevel; /*!< RDPLevel: Set the read protection level..
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_OB_Read_Protection */
uint8_t USERConfig; /*!< USERConfig: Program the FLASH User Option Byte:
IWDG / STOP / STDBY / BOOT1 / VDDA_ANALOG / SRAM_PARITY / SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR
This parameter can be a combination of @ref FLASHEx_OB_IWatchdog, @ref FLASHEx_OB_nRST_STOP,
@ref FLASHEx_OB_nRST_STDBY, @ref FLASHEx_OB_BOOT1, @ref FLASHEx_OB_VDDA_Analog_Monitoring,
@ref FLASHEx_OB_RAM_Parity_Check_Enable.
@if STM32F373xC
And @ref FLASHEx_OB_SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR (only for STM32F373xC & STM32F378xx devices)
@endif
@if STM32F378xx
And @ref FLASHEx_OB_SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR (only for STM32F373xC & STM32F378xx devices)
@endif
*/
uint32_t DATAAddress; /*!< DATAAddress: Address of the option byte DATA to be programmed
This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_OB_Data_Address */
uint8_t DATAData; /*!< DATAData: Data to be stored in the option byte DATA
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFFU */
} FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Constants FLASHEx Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Page_Size FLASHEx Page Size
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_PAGE_SIZE 0x800
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Type_Erase FLASH Type Erase
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_TYPEERASE_PAGES (0x00U) /*!<Pages erase only*/
#define FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE (0x01U) /*!<Flash mass erase activation*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OptionByte_Constants Option Byte Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_Type Option Bytes Type
* @{
*/
#define OPTIONBYTE_WRP (0x01U) /*!<WRP option byte configuration*/
#define OPTIONBYTE_RDP (0x02U) /*!<RDP option byte configuration*/
#define OPTIONBYTE_USER (0x04U) /*!<USER option byte configuration*/
#define OPTIONBYTE_DATA (0x08U) /*!<DATA option byte configuration*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_WRP_State Option Byte WRP State
* @{
*/
#define OB_WRPSTATE_DISABLE (0x00U) /*!<Disable the write protection of the desired pages*/
#define OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE (0x01U) /*!<Enable the write protection of the desired pagess*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_Write_Protection FLASHEx OB Write Protection
* @{
*/
#define OB_WRP_PAGES0TO1 (0x00000001U) /* Write protection of page 0 to 1 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES2TO3 (0x00000002U) /* Write protection of page 2 to 3 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES4TO5 (0x00000004U) /* Write protection of page 4 to 5 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES6TO7 (0x00000008U) /* Write protection of page 6 to 7 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES8TO9 (0x00000010U) /* Write protection of page 8 to 9 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES10TO11 (0x00000020U) /* Write protection of page 10 to 11 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES12TO13 (0x00000040U) /* Write protection of page 12 to 13 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES14TO15 (0x00000080U) /* Write protection of page 14 to 15 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES16TO17 (0x00000100U) /* Write protection of page 16 to 17 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES18TO19 (0x00000200U) /* Write protection of page 18 to 19 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES20TO21 (0x00000400U) /* Write protection of page 20 to 21 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES22TO23 (0x00000800U) /* Write protection of page 22 to 23 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES24TO25 (0x00001000U) /* Write protection of page 24 to 25 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES26TO27 (0x00002000U) /* Write protection of page 26 to 27 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES28TO29 (0x00004000U) /* Write protection of page 28 to 29 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES30TO31 (0x00008000U) /* Write protection of page 30 to 31 */
#if defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || defined(STM32F358xx) \
|| defined(STM32F373xC) || defined(STM32F378xx)
#define OB_WRP_PAGES32TO33 (0x00010000U) /* Write protection of page 32 to 33 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES34TO35 (0x00020000U) /* Write protection of page 34 to 35 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES36TO37 (0x00040000U) /* Write protection of page 36 to 37 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES38TO39 (0x00080000U) /* Write protection of page 38 to 39 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES40TO41 (0x00100000U) /* Write protection of page 40 to 41 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES42TO43 (0x00200000U) /* Write protection of page 42 to 43 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES44TO45 (0x00400000U) /* Write protection of page 44 to 45 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES46TO47 (0x00800000U) /* Write protection of page 46 to 47 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES48TO49 (0x01000000U) /* Write protection of page 48 to 49 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES50TO51 (0x02000000U) /* Write protection of page 50 to 51 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES52TO53 (0x04000000U) /* Write protection of page 52 to 53 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES54TO55 (0x08000000U) /* Write protection of page 54 to 55 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES56TO57 (0x10000000U) /* Write protection of page 56 to 57 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES58TO59 (0x20000000U) /* Write protection of page 58 to 59 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES60TO61 (0x40000000U) /* Write protection of page 60 to 61 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES62TO127 (0x80000000U) /* Write protection of page 62 to 127 */
#endif /* STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC || STM32F358xx || */
/* STM32F373xC || STM32F378xx */
#if defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F303xE) || defined(STM32F398xx)
#define OB_WRP_PAGES32TO33 (0x00010000U) /* Write protection of page 32 to 33 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES34TO35 (0x00020000U) /* Write protection of page 34 to 35 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES36TO37 (0x00040000U) /* Write protection of page 36 to 37 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES38TO39 (0x00080000U) /* Write protection of page 38 to 39 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES40TO41 (0x00100000U) /* Write protection of page 40 to 41 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES42TO43 (0x00200000U) /* Write protection of page 42 to 43 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES44TO45 (0x00400000U) /* Write protection of page 44 to 45 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES46TO47 (0x00800000U) /* Write protection of page 46 to 47 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES48TO49 (0x01000000U) /* Write protection of page 48 to 49 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES50TO51 (0x02000000U) /* Write protection of page 50 to 51 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES52TO53 (0x04000000U) /* Write protection of page 52 to 53 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES54TO55 (0x08000000U) /* Write protection of page 54 to 55 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES56TO57 (0x10000000U) /* Write protection of page 56 to 57 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES58TO59 (0x20000000U) /* Write protection of page 58 to 59 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES60TO61 (0x40000000U) /* Write protection of page 60 to 61 */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES62TO255 (0x80000000U) /* Write protection of page 62 to 255 */
#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE || STM32F398xx */
#define OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK (0x000000FFU)
#define OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK (0x0000FF00U)
#if defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || defined(STM32F358xx) \
|| defined(STM32F373xC) || defined(STM32F378xx)
#define OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK (0x00FF0000U)
#define OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK (0xFF000000U)
#endif /* STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC || STM32F358xx || */
/* STM32F373xC || STM32F378xx */
#if defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F303xE)
#define OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK (0x00FF0000U)
#define OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK (0xFF000000U)
#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE */
#if defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F303xE) || defined(STM32F398xx) \
|| defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || defined(STM32F358xx) \
|| defined(STM32F373xC) || defined(STM32F378xx)
#define OB_WRP_ALLPAGES (0xFFFFFFFFU) /*!< Write protection of all pages */
#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE || STM32F398xx || */
/* STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC || STM32F358xx || */
/* STM32F373xC || STM32F378xx */
#if defined(STM32F301x8) || defined(STM32F302x8) || defined(STM32F318xx) \
|| defined(STM32F303x8) || defined(STM32F334x8) || defined(STM32F328xx)
#define OB_WRP_ALLPAGES (0x0000FFFFU) /*!< Write protection of all pages */
#endif /* STM32F301x8 || STM32F302x8 || STM32F318xx || */
/* STM32F303x8 || STM32F334x8 || STM32F328xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_Read_Protection Option Byte Read Protection
* @{
*/
#define OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 ((uint8_t)0xAAU)
#define OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 ((uint8_t)0xBBU)
#define OB_RDP_LEVEL_2 ((uint8_t)0xCCU) /*!< Warning: When enabling read protection level 2
it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0U */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_IWatchdog Option Byte IWatchdog
* @{
*/
#define OB_IWDG_SW ((uint8_t)0x01U) /*!< Software IWDG selected */
#define OB_IWDG_HW ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< Hardware IWDG selected */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_nRST_STOP Option Byte nRST STOP
* @{
*/
#define OB_STOP_NO_RST ((uint8_t)0x02U) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STOP */
#define OB_STOP_RST ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STOP */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_nRST_STDBY Option Byte nRST STDBY
* @{
*/
#define OB_STDBY_NO_RST ((uint8_t)0x04U) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
#define OB_STDBY_RST ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_BOOT1 Option Byte BOOT1
* @{
*/
#define OB_BOOT1_RESET ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< BOOT1 Reset */
#define OB_BOOT1_SET ((uint8_t)0x10U) /*!< BOOT1 Set */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_VDDA_Analog_Monitoring Option Byte VDDA Analog Monitoring
* @{
*/
#define OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON ((uint8_t)0x20U) /*!< Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source ON */
#define OB_VDDA_ANALOG_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source OFF */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_RAM_Parity_Check_Enable Option Byte SRAM Parity Check Enable
* @{
*/
#define OB_SRAM_PARITY_SET ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< SRAM parity check enable set */
#define OB_SRAM_PARITY_RESET ((uint8_t)0x40U) /*!< SRAM parity check enable reset */
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined(FLASH_OBR_SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR)
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR OB SDADC12 VDD MONITOR
* @{
*/
#define OB_SDACD_VDD_MONITOR_RESET ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< SDADC VDD Monitor reset */
#define OB_SDACD_VDD_MONITOR_SET ((uint8_t)0x80U) /*!< SDADC VDD Monitor set */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* FLASH_OBR_SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR */
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OB_Data_Address Option Byte Data Address
* @{
*/
#define OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0 (0x1FFFF804U)
#define OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA1 (0x1FFFF806U)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);
void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);
uint32_t HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetUserData(uint32_t DATAAdress);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F3xx_HAL_FLASH_EX_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

297
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_gpio.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_gpio.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of GPIO HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F3xx_HAL_GPIO_H
#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_GPIO_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Types GPIO Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief GPIO Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Pin; /*!< Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured.
This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins */
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIO_mode */
uint32_t Pull; /*!< Specifies the Pull-up or Pull-Down activation for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIO_pull */
uint32_t Speed; /*!< Specifies the speed for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIO_speed */
uint32_t Alternate; /*!< Peripheral to be connected to the selected pins
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOEx_Alternate_function_selection */
}GPIO_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief GPIO Bit SET and Bit RESET enumeration
*/
typedef enum
{
GPIO_PIN_RESET = 0U,
GPIO_PIN_SET
}GPIO_PinState;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Constants GPIO Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_pins GPIO pins
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_PIN_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001U) /* Pin 0 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002U) /* Pin 1 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004U) /* Pin 2 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008U) /* Pin 3 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010U) /* Pin 4 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020U) /* Pin 5 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040U) /* Pin 6 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080U) /* Pin 7 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100U) /* Pin 8 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200U) /* Pin 9 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400U) /* Pin 10 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800U) /* Pin 11 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000U) /* Pin 12 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000U) /* Pin 13 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000U) /* Pin 14 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000U) /* Pin 15 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFFU) /* All pins selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_MASK (0x0000FFFFU) /* PIN mask for assert test */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_mode GPIO mode
* @brief GPIO Configuration Mode
* Elements values convention: 0xX0yz00YZ
* - X : GPIO mode or EXTI Mode
* - y : External IT or Event trigger detection
* - z : IO configuration on External IT or Event
* - Y : Output type (Push Pull or Open Drain)
* - Z : IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog)
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_MODE_INPUT (0x00000000U) /*!< Input Floating Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP (0x00000001U) /*!< Output Push Pull Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD (0x00000011U) /*!< Output Open Drain Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_AF_PP (0x00000002U) /*!< Alternate Function Push Pull Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_AF_OD (0x00000012U) /*!< Alternate Function Open Drain Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_ANALOG (0x00000003U) /*!< Analog Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING (0x10110000U) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
#define GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING (0x10210000U) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
#define GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING (0x10310000U) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING (0x10120000U) /*!< External Event Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING (0x10220000U) /*!< External Event Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING (0x10320000U) /*!< External Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_speed GPIO speed
* @brief GPIO Output Maximum frequency
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW (0x00000000U) /*!< range up to 2 MHz, please refer to the product datasheet */
#define GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM (0x00000001U) /*!< range 4 MHz to 10 MHz, please refer to the product datasheet */
#define GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH (0x00000003U) /*!< range 10 MHz to 50 MHz, please refer to the product datasheet */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_pull GPIO pull
* @brief GPIO Pull-Up or Pull-Down Activation
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_NOPULL (0x00000000U) /*!< No Pull-up or Pull-down activation */
#define GPIO_PULLUP (0x00000001U) /*!< Pull-up activation */
#define GPIO_PULLDOWN (0x00000002U) /*!< Pull-down activation */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Macros GPIO Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Check whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not.
* @param __EXTI_LINE__ specifies the EXTI line flag to check.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
* @retval The new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or RESET).
*/
#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_FLAG(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR & (__EXTI_LINE__))
/**
* @brief Clear the EXTI's line pending flags.
* @param __EXTI_LINE__ specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15)
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR = (__EXTI_LINE__))
/**
* @brief Check whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not.
* @param __EXTI_LINE__ specifies the EXTI line to check.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
* @retval The new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or RESET).
*/
#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR & (__EXTI_LINE__))
/**
* @brief Clear the EXTI's line pending bits.
* @param __EXTI_LINE__ specifies the EXTI lines to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15)
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR = (__EXTI_LINE__))
/**
* @brief Generate a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line.
* @param __EXTI_LINE__ specifies the EXTI line to check.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->SWIER |= (__EXTI_LINE__))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Macros GPIO Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == GPIO_PIN_RESET) || ((ACTION) == GPIO_PIN_SET))
#define IS_GPIO_PIN(__PIN__) (((((uint32_t)__PIN__) & GPIO_PIN_MASK) != 0x00U) &&\
((((uint32_t)__PIN__) & ~GPIO_PIN_MASK) == 0x00U))
#define IS_GPIO_MODE(__MODE__) (((__MODE__) == GPIO_MODE_INPUT) ||\
((__MODE__) == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) ||\
((__MODE__) == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) ||\
((__MODE__) == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||\
((__MODE__) == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD) ||\
((__MODE__) == GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING) ||\
((__MODE__) == GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING) ||\
((__MODE__) == GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING) ||\
((__MODE__) == GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING) ||\
((__MODE__) == GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING) ||\
((__MODE__) == GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING) ||\
((__MODE__) == GPIO_MODE_ANALOG))
#define IS_GPIO_SPEED(__SPEED__) (((__SPEED__) == GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW) ||\
((__SPEED__) == GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM) ||\
((__SPEED__) == GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH))
#define IS_GPIO_PULL(__PULL__) (((__PULL__) == GPIO_NOPULL) ||\
((__PULL__) == GPIO_PULLUP) || \
((__PULL__) == GPIO_PULLDOWN))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Include GPIO HAL Extended module */
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_gpio_ex.h"
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init);
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @{
*/
/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState);
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F3xx_HAL_GPIO_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1522
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_gpio_ex.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

809
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_i2c.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,809 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_i2c.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of I2C HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef STM32F3xx_HAL_I2C_H
#define STM32F3xx_HAL_I2C_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup I2C
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Types I2C Exported Types
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Configuration_Structure_definition I2C Configuration Structure definition
* @brief I2C Configuration Structure definition
* @{
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Timing; /*!< Specifies the I2C_TIMINGR_register value.
This parameter calculated by referring to I2C initialization
section in Reference manual */
uint32_t OwnAddress1; /*!< Specifies the first device own address.
This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address. */
uint32_t AddressingMode; /*!< Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit addressing mode is selected.
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE */
uint32_t DualAddressMode; /*!< Specifies if dual addressing mode is selected.
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_DUAL_ADDRESSING_MODE */
uint32_t OwnAddress2; /*!< Specifies the second device own address if dual addressing mode is selected
This parameter can be a 7-bit address. */
uint32_t OwnAddress2Masks; /*!< Specifies the acknowledge mask address second device own address if dual addressing mode is selected
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASKS */
uint32_t GeneralCallMode; /*!< Specifies if general call mode is selected.
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_GENERAL_CALL_ADDRESSING_MODE */
uint32_t NoStretchMode; /*!< Specifies if nostretch mode is selected.
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_NOSTRETCH_MODE */
} I2C_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_state_structure_definition HAL state structure definition
* @brief HAL State structure definition
* @note HAL I2C State value coding follow below described bitmap :\n
* b7-b6 Error information\n
* 00 : No Error\n
* 01 : Abort (Abort user request on going)\n
* 10 : Timeout\n
* 11 : Error\n
* b5 Peripheral initialization status\n
* 0 : Reset (peripheral not initialized)\n
* 1 : Init done (peripheral initialized and ready to use. HAL I2C Init function called)\n
* b4 (not used)\n
* x : Should be set to 0\n
* b3\n
* 0 : Ready or Busy (No Listen mode ongoing)\n
* 1 : Listen (peripheral in Address Listen Mode)\n
* b2 Intrinsic process state\n
* 0 : Ready\n
* 1 : Busy (peripheral busy with some configuration or internal operations)\n
* b1 Rx state\n
* 0 : Ready (no Rx operation ongoing)\n
* 1 : Busy (Rx operation ongoing)\n
* b0 Tx state\n
* 0 : Ready (no Tx operation ongoing)\n
* 1 : Busy (Tx operation ongoing)
* @{
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET = 0x00U, /*!< Peripheral is not yet Initialized */
HAL_I2C_STATE_READY = 0x20U, /*!< Peripheral Initialized and ready for use */
HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY = 0x24U, /*!< An internal process is ongoing */
HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX = 0x21U, /*!< Data Transmission process is ongoing */
HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX = 0x22U, /*!< Data Reception process is ongoing */
HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN = 0x28U, /*!< Address Listen Mode is ongoing */
HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN = 0x29U, /*!< Address Listen Mode and Data Transmission
process is ongoing */
HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN = 0x2AU, /*!< Address Listen Mode and Data Reception
process is ongoing */
HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT = 0x60U, /*!< Abort user request ongoing */
HAL_I2C_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0xA0U, /*!< Timeout state */
HAL_I2C_STATE_ERROR = 0xE0U /*!< Error */
} HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_mode_structure_definition HAL mode structure definition
* @brief HAL Mode structure definition
* @note HAL I2C Mode value coding follow below described bitmap :\n
* b7 (not used)\n
* x : Should be set to 0\n
* b6\n
* 0 : None\n
* 1 : Memory (HAL I2C communication is in Memory Mode)\n
* b5\n
* 0 : None\n
* 1 : Slave (HAL I2C communication is in Slave Mode)\n
* b4\n
* 0 : None\n
* 1 : Master (HAL I2C communication is in Master Mode)\n
* b3-b2-b1-b0 (not used)\n
* xxxx : Should be set to 0000
* @{
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE = 0x00U, /*!< No I2C communication on going */
HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER = 0x10U, /*!< I2C communication is in Master Mode */
HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE = 0x20U, /*!< I2C communication is in Slave Mode */
HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM = 0x40U /*!< I2C communication is in Memory Mode */
} HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Error_Code_definition I2C Error Code definition
* @brief I2C Error Code definition
* @{
*/
#define HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE (0x00000000U) /*!< No error */
#define HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR (0x00000001U) /*!< BERR error */
#define HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO (0x00000002U) /*!< ARLO error */
#define HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF (0x00000004U) /*!< ACKF error */
#define HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR (0x00000008U) /*!< OVR error */
#define HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA (0x00000010U) /*!< DMA transfer error */
#define HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT (0x00000020U) /*!< Timeout error */
#define HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE (0x00000040U) /*!< Size Management error */
#define HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM (0x00000080U) /*!< DMA Parameter Error */
#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
#define HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK (0x00000100U) /*!< Invalid Callback error */
#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
#define HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM (0x00000200U) /*!< Invalid Parameters error */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_handle_Structure_definition I2C handle Structure definition
* @brief I2C handle Structure definition
* @{
*/
typedef struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef
{
I2C_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< I2C registers base address */
I2C_InitTypeDef Init; /*!< I2C communication parameters */
uint8_t *pBuffPtr; /*!< Pointer to I2C transfer buffer */
uint16_t XferSize; /*!< I2C transfer size */
__IO uint16_t XferCount; /*!< I2C transfer counter */
__IO uint32_t XferOptions; /*!< I2C sequantial transfer options, this parameter can
be a value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS */
__IO uint32_t PreviousState; /*!< I2C communication Previous state */
HAL_StatusTypeDef(*XferISR)(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources); /*!< I2C transfer IRQ handler function pointer */
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdmatx; /*!< I2C Tx DMA handle parameters */
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdmarx; /*!< I2C Rx DMA handle parameters */
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< I2C locking object */
__IO HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef State; /*!< I2C communication state */
__IO HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef Mode; /*!< I2C communication mode */
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode; /*!< I2C Error code */
__IO uint32_t AddrEventCount; /*!< I2C Address Event counter */
#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
void (* MasterTxCpltCallback)(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); /*!< I2C Master Tx Transfer completed callback */
void (* MasterRxCpltCallback)(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); /*!< I2C Master Rx Transfer completed callback */
void (* SlaveTxCpltCallback)(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); /*!< I2C Slave Tx Transfer completed callback */
void (* SlaveRxCpltCallback)(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); /*!< I2C Slave Rx Transfer completed callback */
void (* ListenCpltCallback)(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); /*!< I2C Listen Complete callback */
void (* MemTxCpltCallback)(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); /*!< I2C Memory Tx Transfer completed callback */
void (* MemRxCpltCallback)(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); /*!< I2C Memory Rx Transfer completed callback */
void (* ErrorCallback)(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); /*!< I2C Error callback */
void (* AbortCpltCallback)(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); /*!< I2C Abort callback */
void (* AddrCallback)(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode); /*!< I2C Slave Address Match callback */
void (* MspInitCallback)(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); /*!< I2C Msp Init callback */
void (* MspDeInitCallback)(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); /*!< I2C Msp DeInit callback */
#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
} I2C_HandleTypeDef;
#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/**
* @brief HAL I2C Callback ID enumeration definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID = 0x00U, /*!< I2C Master Tx Transfer completed callback ID */
HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID = 0x01U, /*!< I2C Master Rx Transfer completed callback ID */
HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID = 0x02U, /*!< I2C Slave Tx Transfer completed callback ID */
HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID = 0x03U, /*!< I2C Slave Rx Transfer completed callback ID */
HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID = 0x04U, /*!< I2C Listen Complete callback ID */
HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID = 0x05U, /*!< I2C Memory Tx Transfer callback ID */
HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID = 0x06U, /*!< I2C Memory Rx Transfer completed callback ID */
HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID = 0x07U, /*!< I2C Error callback ID */
HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID = 0x08U, /*!< I2C Abort callback ID */
HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID = 0x09U, /*!< I2C Msp Init callback ID */
HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID = 0x0AU /*!< I2C Msp DeInit callback ID */
} HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef;
/**
* @brief HAL I2C Callback pointer definition
*/
typedef void (*pI2C_CallbackTypeDef)(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); /*!< pointer to an I2C callback function */
typedef void (*pI2C_AddrCallbackTypeDef)(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode); /*!< pointer to an I2C Address Match callback function */
#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Constants I2C Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_XFEROPTIONS I2C Sequential Transfer Options
* @{
*/
#define I2C_FIRST_FRAME ((uint32_t)I2C_SOFTEND_MODE)
#define I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME ((uint32_t)(I2C_RELOAD_MODE | I2C_SOFTEND_MODE))
#define I2C_NEXT_FRAME ((uint32_t)(I2C_RELOAD_MODE | I2C_SOFTEND_MODE))
#define I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME ((uint32_t)I2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
#define I2C_LAST_FRAME ((uint32_t)I2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
#define I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP ((uint32_t)I2C_SOFTEND_MODE)
/* List of XferOptions in usage of :
* 1- Restart condition in all use cases (direction change or not)
*/
#define I2C_OTHER_FRAME (0x000000AAU)
#define I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME (0x0000AA00U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE I2C Addressing Mode
* @{
*/
#define I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT (0x00000001U)
#define I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT (0x00000002U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_DUAL_ADDRESSING_MODE I2C Dual Addressing Mode
* @{
*/
#define I2C_DUALADDRESS_DISABLE (0x00000000U)
#define I2C_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE I2C_OAR2_OA2EN
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASKS I2C Own Address2 Masks
* @{
*/
#define I2C_OA2_NOMASK ((uint8_t)0x00U)
#define I2C_OA2_MASK01 ((uint8_t)0x01U)
#define I2C_OA2_MASK02 ((uint8_t)0x02U)
#define I2C_OA2_MASK03 ((uint8_t)0x03U)
#define I2C_OA2_MASK04 ((uint8_t)0x04U)
#define I2C_OA2_MASK05 ((uint8_t)0x05U)
#define I2C_OA2_MASK06 ((uint8_t)0x06U)
#define I2C_OA2_MASK07 ((uint8_t)0x07U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_GENERAL_CALL_ADDRESSING_MODE I2C General Call Addressing Mode
* @{
*/
#define I2C_GENERALCALL_DISABLE (0x00000000U)
#define I2C_GENERALCALL_ENABLE I2C_CR1_GCEN
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_NOSTRETCH_MODE I2C No-Stretch Mode
* @{
*/
#define I2C_NOSTRETCH_DISABLE (0x00000000U)
#define I2C_NOSTRETCH_ENABLE I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_MEMORY_ADDRESS_SIZE I2C Memory Address Size
* @{
*/
#define I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT (0x00000001U)
#define I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_16BIT (0x00000002U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_XFERDIRECTION I2C Transfer Direction Master Point of View
* @{
*/
#define I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT (0x00000000U)
#define I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE (0x00000001U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_RELOAD_END_MODE I2C Reload End Mode
* @{
*/
#define I2C_RELOAD_MODE I2C_CR2_RELOAD
#define I2C_AUTOEND_MODE I2C_CR2_AUTOEND
#define I2C_SOFTEND_MODE (0x00000000U)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_START_STOP_MODE I2C Start or Stop Mode
* @{
*/
#define I2C_NO_STARTSTOP (0x00000000U)
#define I2C_GENERATE_STOP (uint32_t)(0x80000000U | I2C_CR2_STOP)
#define I2C_GENERATE_START_READ (uint32_t)(0x80000000U | I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_RD_WRN)
#define I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE (uint32_t)(0x80000000U | I2C_CR2_START)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Interrupt_configuration_definition I2C Interrupt configuration definition
* @brief I2C Interrupt definition
* Elements values convention: 0xXXXXXXXX
* - XXXXXXXX : Interrupt control mask
* @{
*/
#define I2C_IT_ERRI I2C_CR1_ERRIE
#define I2C_IT_TCI I2C_CR1_TCIE
#define I2C_IT_STOPI I2C_CR1_STOPIE
#define I2C_IT_NACKI I2C_CR1_NACKIE
#define I2C_IT_ADDRI I2C_CR1_ADDRIE
#define I2C_IT_RXI I2C_CR1_RXIE
#define I2C_IT_TXI I2C_CR1_TXIE
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Flag_definition I2C Flag definition
* @{
*/
#define I2C_FLAG_TXE I2C_ISR_TXE
#define I2C_FLAG_TXIS I2C_ISR_TXIS
#define I2C_FLAG_RXNE I2C_ISR_RXNE
#define I2C_FLAG_ADDR I2C_ISR_ADDR
#define I2C_FLAG_AF I2C_ISR_NACKF
#define I2C_FLAG_STOPF I2C_ISR_STOPF
#define I2C_FLAG_TC I2C_ISR_TC
#define I2C_FLAG_TCR I2C_ISR_TCR
#define I2C_FLAG_BERR I2C_ISR_BERR
#define I2C_FLAG_ARLO I2C_ISR_ARLO
#define I2C_FLAG_OVR I2C_ISR_OVR
#define I2C_FLAG_PECERR I2C_ISR_PECERR
#define I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT I2C_ISR_TIMEOUT
#define I2C_FLAG_ALERT I2C_ISR_ALERT
#define I2C_FLAG_BUSY I2C_ISR_BUSY
#define I2C_FLAG_DIR I2C_ISR_DIR
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Macros I2C Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/** @brief Reset I2C handle state.
* @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle.
* @retval None
*/
#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
#define __HAL_I2C_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET; \
(__HANDLE__)->MspInitCallback = NULL; \
(__HANDLE__)->MspDeInitCallback = NULL; \
} while(0)
#else
#define __HAL_I2C_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET)
#endif
/** @brief Enable the specified I2C interrupt.
* @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle.
* @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the interrupt source to enable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_ERRI Errors interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_TCI Transfer complete interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_STOPI STOP detection interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_NACKI NACK received interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_ADDRI Address match interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_RXI RX interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_TXI TX interrupt enable
*
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 |= (__INTERRUPT__))
/** @brief Disable the specified I2C interrupt.
* @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle.
* @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the interrupt source to disable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_ERRI Errors interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_TCI Transfer complete interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_STOPI STOP detection interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_NACKI NACK received interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_ADDRI Address match interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_RXI RX interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_TXI TX interrupt enable
*
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 &= (~(__INTERRUPT__)))
/** @brief Check whether the specified I2C interrupt source is enabled or not.
* @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle.
* @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the I2C interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_ERRI Errors interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_TCI Transfer complete interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_STOPI STOP detection interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_NACKI NACK received interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_ADDRI Address match interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_RXI RX interrupt enable
* @arg @ref I2C_IT_TXI TX interrupt enable
*
* @retval The new state of __INTERRUPT__ (SET or RESET).
*/
#define __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 & \
(__INTERRUPT__)) == (__INTERRUPT__)) ? SET : RESET)
/** @brief Check whether the specified I2C flag is set or not.
* @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle.
* @param __FLAG__ specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_TXE Transmit data register empty
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_TXIS Transmit interrupt status
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_RXNE Receive data register not empty
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_ADDR Address matched (slave mode)
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_AF Acknowledge failure received flag
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_STOPF STOP detection flag
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_TC Transfer complete (master mode)
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_TCR Transfer complete reload
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_BERR Bus error
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_ARLO Arbitration lost
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_OVR Overrun/Underrun
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_PECERR PEC error in reception
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT Timeout or Tlow detection flag
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_ALERT SMBus alert
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_BUSY Bus busy
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_DIR Transfer direction (slave mode)
*
* @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (SET or RESET).
*/
#define I2C_FLAG_MASK (0x0001FFFFU)
#define __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->ISR) & \
(__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__)) ? SET : RESET)
/** @brief Clear the I2C pending flags which are cleared by writing 1 in a specific bit.
* @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle.
* @param __FLAG__ specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_TXE Transmit data register empty
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_ADDR Address matched (slave mode)
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_AF Acknowledge failure received flag
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_STOPF STOP detection flag
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_BERR Bus error
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_ARLO Arbitration lost
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_OVR Overrun/Underrun
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_PECERR PEC error in reception
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT Timeout or Tlow detection flag
* @arg @ref I2C_FLAG_ALERT SMBus alert
*
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (((__FLAG__) == I2C_FLAG_TXE) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->ISR |= (__FLAG__)) \
: ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->ICR = (__FLAG__)))
/** @brief Enable the specified I2C peripheral.
* @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) (SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_PE))
/** @brief Disable the specified I2C peripheral.
* @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) (CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_PE))
/** @brief Generate a Non-Acknowledge I2C peripheral in Slave mode.
* @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK(__HANDLE__) (SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_NACK))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Include I2C HAL Extended module */
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_i2c_ex.h"
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions******************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
void HAL_I2C_MspInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
/* Callbacks Register/UnRegister functions ***********************************/
#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
pI2C_CallbackTypeDef pCallback);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, pI2C_AddrCallbackTypeDef pCallback);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
* @{
*/
/* IO operation functions ****************************************************/
/******* Blocking mode: Polling */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials,
uint32_t Timeout);
/******* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData,
uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData,
uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData,
uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData,
uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t XferOptions);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t XferOptions);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress);
/******* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData,
uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData,
uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData,
uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData,
uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t XferOptions);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t XferOptions);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_IRQ_Handler_and_Callbacks IRQ Handler and Callbacks
* @{
*/
/******* I2C IRQHandler and Callbacks used in non blocking modes (Interrupt and DMA) */
void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
void HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode);
void HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
void HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions *********************************/
HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetMode(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Constants I2C Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Macro I2C Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) || \
((MODE) == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT))
#define IS_I2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == I2C_DUALADDRESS_DISABLE) || \
((ADDRESS) == I2C_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE))
#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) == I2C_OA2_NOMASK) || \
((MASK) == I2C_OA2_MASK01) || \
((MASK) == I2C_OA2_MASK02) || \
((MASK) == I2C_OA2_MASK03) || \
((MASK) == I2C_OA2_MASK04) || \
((MASK) == I2C_OA2_MASK05) || \
((MASK) == I2C_OA2_MASK06) || \
((MASK) == I2C_OA2_MASK07))
#define IS_I2C_GENERAL_CALL(CALL) (((CALL) == I2C_GENERALCALL_DISABLE) || \
((CALL) == I2C_GENERALCALL_ENABLE))
#define IS_I2C_NO_STRETCH(STRETCH) (((STRETCH) == I2C_NOSTRETCH_DISABLE) || \
((STRETCH) == I2C_NOSTRETCH_ENABLE))
#define IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) || \
((SIZE) == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_16BIT))
#define IS_TRANSFER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_RELOAD_MODE) || \
((MODE) == I2C_AUTOEND_MODE) || \
((MODE) == I2C_SOFTEND_MODE))
#define IS_TRANSFER_REQUEST(REQUEST) (((REQUEST) == I2C_GENERATE_STOP) || \
((REQUEST) == I2C_GENERATE_START_READ) || \
((REQUEST) == I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE) || \
((REQUEST) == I2C_NO_STARTSTOP))
#define IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(REQUEST) (((REQUEST) == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || \
((REQUEST) == I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME) || \
((REQUEST) == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || \
((REQUEST) == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || \
((REQUEST) == I2C_LAST_FRAME) || \
((REQUEST) == I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP) || \
IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(REQUEST))
#define IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(REQUEST) (((REQUEST) == I2C_OTHER_FRAME) || \
((REQUEST) == I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME))
#define I2C_RESET_CR2(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2 &= \
(uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(I2C_CR2_SADD | I2C_CR2_HEAD10R | I2C_CR2_NBYTES | I2C_CR2_RELOAD | I2C_CR2_RD_WRN)))
#define I2C_GET_ADDR_MATCH(__HANDLE__) ((uint16_t)(((__HANDLE__)->Instance->ISR & I2C_ISR_ADDCODE) >> 16U))
#define I2C_GET_DIR(__HANDLE__) ((uint8_t)(((__HANDLE__)->Instance->ISR & I2C_ISR_DIR) >> 16U))
#define I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_AUTOEND)
#define I2C_GET_OWN_ADDRESS1(__HANDLE__) ((uint16_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance->OAR1 & I2C_OAR1_OA1))
#define I2C_GET_OWN_ADDRESS2(__HANDLE__) ((uint16_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance->OAR2 & I2C_OAR2_OA2))
#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(ADDRESS1) ((ADDRESS1) <= 0x000003FFU)
#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(ADDRESS2) ((ADDRESS2) <= (uint16_t)0x00FFU)
#define I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(__ADDRESS__) ((uint8_t)((uint16_t)(((uint16_t)((__ADDRESS__) & \
(uint16_t)(0xFF00U))) >> 8U)))
#define I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(__ADDRESS__) ((uint8_t)((uint16_t)((__ADDRESS__) & (uint16_t)(0x00FFU))))
#define I2C_GENERATE_START(__ADDMODE__,__ADDRESS__) (((__ADDMODE__) == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) ? (uint32_t)((((uint32_t)(__ADDRESS__) & (I2C_CR2_SADD)) | (I2C_CR2_START) | (I2C_CR2_AUTOEND)) & (~I2C_CR2_RD_WRN)) : \
(uint32_t)((((uint32_t)(__ADDRESS__) & (I2C_CR2_SADD)) | (I2C_CR2_ADD10) | (I2C_CR2_START)) & (~I2C_CR2_RD_WRN)))
#define I2C_CHECK_FLAG(__ISR__, __FLAG__) ((((__ISR__) & ((__FLAG__) & I2C_FLAG_MASK)) == \
((__FLAG__) & I2C_FLAG_MASK)) ? SET : RESET)
#define I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(__CR1__, __IT__) ((((__CR1__) & (__IT__)) == (__IT__)) ? SET : RESET)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Functions I2C Private Functions
* @{
*/
/* Private functions are defined in stm32f3xx_hal_i2c.c file */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* STM32F3xx_HAL_I2C_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

181
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_i2c_ex.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_i2c_ex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of I2C HAL Extended module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef STM32F3xx_HAL_I2C_EX_H
#define STM32F3xx_HAL_I2C_EX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup I2CEx
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Constants I2C Extended Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Analog_Filter I2C Extended Analog Filter
* @{
*/
#define I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE 0x00000000U
#define I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE I2C_CR1_ANFOFF
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_FastModePlus I2C Extended Fast Mode Plus
* @{
*/
#define I2C_FMP_NOT_SUPPORTED 0xAAAA0000U /*!< Fast Mode Plus not supported */
#define I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB6 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB6_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB6 */
#define I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB7 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB7_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB7 */
#define I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB8 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB8_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB8 */
#define I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB9 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB9_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB9 */
#define I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C1_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on I2C1 pins */
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C2_FMP)
#define I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C2_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on I2C2 pins */
#else
#define I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 (uint32_t)(0x00000200U | I2C_FMP_NOT_SUPPORTED) /*!< Fast Mode Plus I2C2 not supported */
#endif
#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C3_FMP)
#define I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C3_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on I2C3 pins */
#else
#define I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 (uint32_t)(0x00000400U | I2C_FMP_NOT_SUPPORTED) /*!< Fast Mode Plus I2C3 not supported */
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Macros I2C Extended Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 I2C Extended Filter Mode Functions
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions ************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 I2C Extended WakeUp Mode Functions
* @{
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 I2C Extended FastModePlus Functions
* @{
*/
void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus);
void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Private_Constants I2C Extended Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Private_Macro I2C Extended Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(FILTER) (((FILTER) == I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE) || \
((FILTER) == I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE))
#define IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(FILTER) ((FILTER) <= 0x0000000FU)
#define IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(__CONFIG__) ((((__CONFIG__) & I2C_FMP_NOT_SUPPORTED) != I2C_FMP_NOT_SUPPORTED) && \
((((__CONFIG__) & (I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB6)) == I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB6) || \
(((__CONFIG__) & (I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB7)) == I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB7) || \
(((__CONFIG__) & (I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB8)) == I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB8) || \
(((__CONFIG__) & (I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB9)) == I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB9) || \
(((__CONFIG__) & (I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1)) == I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1) || \
(((__CONFIG__) & (I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2)) == I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2) || \
(((__CONFIG__) & (I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3)) == I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3)))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Private_Functions I2C Extended Private Functions
* @{
*/
/* Private functions are defined in stm32f3xx_hal_i2c_ex.c file */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* STM32F3xx_HAL_I2C_EX_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

219
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_pwr.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_pwr.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of PWR HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F3xx_HAL_PWR_H
#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_PWR_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR PWR
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Constants PWR Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_WakeUp_Pins PWR WakeUp Pins
* @{
*/
#define PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 ((uint32_t)PWR_CSR_EWUP1) /*!< Wakeup pin 1U */
#define PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 ((uint32_t)PWR_CSR_EWUP2) /*!< Wakeup pin 2U */
#define PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 ((uint32_t)PWR_CSR_EWUP3) /*!< Wakeup pin 3U */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Regulator_state_in_STOP_mode PWR Regulator state in STOP mode
* @{
*/
#define PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON (0x00000000U) /*!< Voltage regulator on during STOP mode */
#define PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON PWR_CR_LPDS /*!< Voltage regulator in low-power mode during STOP mode */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_SLEEP_mode_entry PWR SLEEP mode entry
* @{
*/
#define PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01U) /*!< Wait For Interruption instruction to enter SLEEP mode */
#define PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02U) /*!< Wait For Event instruction to enter SLEEP mode */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_STOP_mode_entry PWR STOP mode entry
* @{
*/
#define PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01U) /*!< Wait For Interruption instruction to enter STOP mode */
#define PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02U) /*!< Wait For Event instruction to enter STOP mode */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Flag PWR Flag
* @{
*/
#define PWR_FLAG_WU PWR_CSR_WUF /*!< Wakeup event from wakeup pin or RTC alarm */
#define PWR_FLAG_SB PWR_CSR_SBF /*!< Standby flag */
#define PWR_FLAG_PVDO PWR_CSR_PVDO /*!< Power Voltage Detector output flag */
#define PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY PWR_CSR_VREFINTRDYF /*!< VREFINT reference voltage ready */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Macro PWR Exported Macro
* @{
*/
/** @brief Check PWR flag is set or not.
* @param __FLAG__ specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag. This flag indicates that a wakeup event
* was received from the WKUP pin or from the RTC alarm (Alarm A
* or Alarm B), RTC Tamper event, RTC TimeStamp event or RTC Wakeup.
* An additional wakeup event is detected if the WKUP pin is enabled
* (by setting the EWUP bit) when the WKUP pin level is already high.
* @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag. This flag indicates that the system was
* resumed from StandBy mode.
* @arg PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output. This flag is valid only if PVD is enabled
* by the HAL_PWR_EnablePVD() function. The PVD is stopped by Standby mode
* For this reason, this bit is equal to 0 after Standby or reset
* until the PVDE bit is set.
* @arg PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY: This flag indicates that the internal reference
* voltage VREFINT is ready.
* @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE).
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(__FLAG__) ((PWR->CSR & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__))
/** @brief Clear the PWR's pending flags.
* @param __FLAG__ specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag
* @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(__FLAG__) (PWR->CR |= (__FLAG__) << 2U)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Private_Macros PWR Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1) || \
((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2) || \
((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3))
#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON) || \
((REGULATOR) == PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON))
#define IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE))
#define IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Include PWR HAL Extended module */
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_pwr_ex.h"
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions **********************************************/
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void);
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void);
/* WakeUp pins configuration functions ****************************************/
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx);
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx);
/* Low Power modes configuration functions ************************************/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry);
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry);
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void);
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void);
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void);
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void);
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F3xx_HAL_PWR_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

322
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_pwr_ex.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_pwr_ex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of PWR HAL Extended module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F3xx_HAL_PWR_EX_H
#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_PWR_EX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWREx
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Types PWR Extended Exported Types
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F303xE) || \
defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || \
defined(STM32F303x8) || defined(STM32F334x8) || \
defined(STM32F301x8) || defined(STM32F302x8) || \
defined(STM32F373xC)
/**
* @brief PWR PVD configuration structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t PVDLevel; /*!< PVDLevel: Specifies the PVD detection level
This parameter can be a value of @ref PWREx_PVD_detection_level */
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Mode: Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref PWREx_PVD_Mode */
}PWR_PVDTypeDef;
#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE || */
/* STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC || */
/* STM32F303x8 || STM32F334x8 || */
/* STM32F301x8 || STM32F302x8 || */
/* STM32F373xC */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Constants PWR Extended Exported Constants
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F303xE) || \
defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || \
defined(STM32F303x8) || defined(STM32F334x8) || \
defined(STM32F301x8) || defined(STM32F302x8) || \
defined(STM32F373xC)
/** @defgroup PWREx_PVD_detection_level PWR Extended PVD detection level
* @{
*/
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_0 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV0 /*!< PVD threshold around 2.2 V */
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_1 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV1 /*!< PVD threshold around 2.3 V */
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_2 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV2 /*!< PVD threshold around 2.4 V */
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_3 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV3 /*!< PVD threshold around 2.5 V */
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_4 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV4 /*!< PVD threshold around 2.6 V */
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_5 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV5 /*!< PVD threshold around 2.7 V */
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_6 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV6 /*!< PVD threshold around 2.8 V */
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_7 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV7 /*!< PVD threshold around 2.9 V */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_PVD_Mode PWR Extended PVD Mode
* @{
*/
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_NORMAL (0x00000000U) /*!< Basic mode is used */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING (0x00010001U) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_FALLING (0x00010002U) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING (0x00010003U) /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING (0x00020001U) /*!< Event Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_FALLING (0x00020002U) /*!< Event Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING_FALLING (0x00020003U) /*!< Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
/**
* @}
*/
#define PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD EXTI_IMR_MR16 /*!< External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD EXTI Line */
#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE || */
/* STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC || */
/* STM32F303x8 || STM32F334x8 || */
/* STM32F301x8 || STM32F302x8 || */
/* STM32F373xC */
#if defined(STM32F373xC) || defined(STM32F378xx)
/** @defgroup PWREx_SDADC_ANALOGx PWR Extended SDADC ANALOGx
* @{
*/
#define PWR_SDADC_ANALOG1 ((uint32_t)PWR_CR_ENSD1) /*!< Enable SDADC1 */
#define PWR_SDADC_ANALOG2 ((uint32_t)PWR_CR_ENSD2) /*!< Enable SDADC2 */
#define PWR_SDADC_ANALOG3 ((uint32_t)PWR_CR_ENSD3) /*!< Enable SDADC3 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F373xC || STM32F378xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Macros PWR Extended Exported Macros
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F303xE) || \
defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || \
defined(STM32F303x8) || defined(STM32F334x8) || \
defined(STM32F301x8) || defined(STM32F302x8) || \
defined(STM32F373xC)
/**
* @brief Enable interrupt on PVD Exti Line 16.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() (EXTI->IMR |= (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Disable interrupt on PVD Exti Line 16.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT() (EXTI->IMR &= ~(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Generate a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT() (EXTI->SWIER |= (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Enable event on PVD Exti Line 16.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT() (EXTI->EMR |= (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Disable event on PVD Exti Line 16.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT() (EXTI->EMR &= ~(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt Rising Trigger.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE() CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
/**
* @brief Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt Falling Trigger.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE() CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
/**
* @brief Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt Rising & Falling Trigger.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE() __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
/**
* @brief PVD EXTI line configuration: set falling edge trigger.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE() EXTI->FTSR |= (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
/**
* @brief PVD EXTI line configuration: set rising edge trigger.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE() EXTI->RTSR |= (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
/**
* @brief Enable the PVD Extended Interrupt Rising & Falling Trigger.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE() __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
/**
* @brief Check whether the specified PVD EXTI interrupt flag is set or not.
* @retval EXTI PVD Line Status.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() (EXTI->PR & (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Clear the PVD EXTI flag.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG() (EXTI->PR = (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE || */
/* STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC || */
/* STM32F303x8 || STM32F334x8 || */
/* STM32F301x8 || STM32F302x8 || */
/* STM32F373xC */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWREx_Private_Macros PWR Extended Private Macros
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F303xE) || \
defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || \
defined(STM32F303x8) || defined(STM32F334x8) || \
defined(STM32F301x8) || defined(STM32F302x8) || \
defined(STM32F373xC)
#define IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_0) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_1)|| \
((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_2) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_3)|| \
((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_4) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_5)|| \
((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_6) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_7))
#define IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING)|| ((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_FALLING) || \
((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING) || ((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING) || \
((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_FALLING) || ((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING_FALLING) || \
((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_NORMAL))
#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE || */
/* STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC || */
/* STM32F303x8 || STM32F334x8 || */
/* STM32F301x8 || STM32F302x8 || */
/* STM32F373xC */
#if defined(STM32F373xC) || defined(STM32F378xx)
#define IS_PWR_SDADC_ANALOG(SDADC) (((SDADC) == PWR_SDADC_ANALOG1) || \
((SDADC) == PWR_SDADC_ANALOG2) || \
((SDADC) == PWR_SDADC_ANALOG3))
#endif /* STM32F373xC || STM32F378xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWR Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Extended Control Functions
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Extended control functions **************************************/
#if defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F303xE) || \
defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || \
defined(STM32F303x8) || defined(STM32F334x8) || \
defined(STM32F301x8) || defined(STM32F302x8) || \
defined(STM32F373xC)
void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD);
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void);
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void);
void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void);
void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void);
#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE || */
/* STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC || */
/* STM32F303x8 || STM32F334x8 || */
/* STM32F301x8 || STM32F302x8 || */
/* STM32F373xC */
#if defined(STM32F373xC) || defined(STM32F378xx)
void HAL_PWREx_EnableSDADC(uint32_t Analogx);
void HAL_PWREx_DisableSDADC(uint32_t Analogx);
#endif /* STM32F373xC || STM32F378xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F3xx_HAL_PWR_EX_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1740
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_rcc.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3827
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_rcc_ex.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2519
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_tim.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

343
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_tim_ex.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_tim_ex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of TIM HAL Extended module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef STM32F3xx_HAL_TIM_EX_H
#define STM32F3xx_HAL_TIM_EX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Types TIM Extended Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief TIM Hall sensor Configuration Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t IC1Polarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */
uint32_t IC1Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */
uint32_t IC1Filter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter.
This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF */
uint32_t Commutation_Delay; /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register.
This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF */
} TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* End of exported types -----------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Constants TIM Extended Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Remap TIM Extended Remapping
* @{
*/
#if defined(TIM1)
#define TIM_TIM1_ADC1_NONE (0x00000000U) /*!< TIM1_ETR is not connected to any AWD (analog watchdog)*/
#define TIM_TIM1_ADC1_AWD1 (0x00000001U) /*!< TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD1 */
#define TIM_TIM1_ADC1_AWD2 (0x00000002U) /*!< TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD2 */
#define TIM_TIM1_ADC1_AWD3 (0x00000003U) /*!< TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD3 */
#if defined(ADC4)
#define TIM_TIM1_ADC4_NONE (0x00000000U) /*!< TIM1_ETR is not connected to any AWD (analog watchdog)*/
#define TIM_TIM1_ADC4_AWD1 (0x00000004U) /*!< TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC4 AWD1 */
#define TIM_TIM1_ADC4_AWD2 (0x00000008U) /*!< TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC4 AWD2 */
#define TIM_TIM1_ADC4_AWD3 (0x0000000CU) /*!< TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC4 AWD3 */
#elif defined(ADC2)
#define TIM_TIM1_ADC2_NONE (0x00000000U) /*!< TIM1_ETR is not connected to any AWD (analog watchdog)*/
#define TIM_TIM1_ADC2_AWD1 (0x00000004U) /*!< TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC2 AWD1 */
#define TIM_TIM1_ADC2_AWD2 (0x00000008U) /*!< TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC2 AWD2 */
#define TIM_TIM1_ADC2_AWD3 (0x0000000CU) /*!< TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC2 AWD3 */
#endif /* ADC4 */
#endif /* TIM1 */
#if defined(TIM8)
#define TIM_TIM8_ADC2_NONE (0x00000000U) /*!< TIM8_ETR is not connected to any AWD (analog watchdog) */
#define TIM_TIM8_ADC2_AWD1 (0x00000001U) /*!< TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC2 AWD1 */
#define TIM_TIM8_ADC2_AWD2 (0x00000002U) /*!< TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC2 AWD2 */
#define TIM_TIM8_ADC2_AWD3 (0x00000003U) /*!< TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC2 AWD3 */
#define TIM_TIM8_ADC3_NONE (0x00000000U) /*!< TIM8_ETR is not connected to any AWD (analog watchdog) */
#define TIM_TIM8_ADC3_AWD1 (0x00000004U) /*!< TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD1 */
#define TIM_TIM8_ADC3_AWD2 (0x00000008U) /*!< TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD2 */
#define TIM_TIM8_ADC3_AWD3 (0x0000000CU) /*!< TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD3 */
#endif /* TIM8 */
#if defined(TIM14)
#define TIM_TIM14_GPIO (0x00000000U) /*!< TIM14 TI1 is connected to GPIO */
#define TIM_TIM14_RTC (0x00000001U) /*!< TIM14 TI1 is connected to RTC_clock */
#define TIM_TIM14_HSE (0x00000002U) /*!< TIM14 TI1 is connected to HSE/32U */
#define TIM_TIM14_MCO (0x00000003U) /*!< TIM14 TI1 is connected to MCO */
#endif /* TIM14 */
#if defined(TIM16)
#define TIM_TIM16_GPIO (0x00000000U) /*!< TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO */
#define TIM_TIM16_RTC (0x00000001U) /*!< TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC_clock */
#define TIM_TIM16_HSE (0x00000002U) /*!< TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSE/32 */
#define TIM_TIM16_MCO (0x00000003U) /*!< TIM16 TI1 is connected to MCO */
#endif /* TIM16 */
#if defined(TIM20)
#define TIM_TIM20_ADC3_NONE (0x00000000U) /*!< TIM20_ETR is not connected to any AWD (analog watchdog) */
#define TIM_TIM20_ADC3_AWD1 (0x00000001U) /*!< TIM20_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD1 */
#define TIM_TIM20_ADC3_AWD2 (0x00000002U) /*!< TIM20_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD2 */
#define TIM_TIM20_ADC3_AWD3 (0x00000003U) /*!< TIM20_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD3 */
#define TIM_TIM20_ADC4_NONE (0x00000000U) /*!< TIM20_ETR is not connected to any AWD (analog watchdog) */
#define TIM_TIM20_ADC4_AWD1 (0x00000004U) /*!< TIM20_ETR is connected to ADC4 AWD1 */
#define TIM_TIM20_ADC4_AWD2 (0x00000008U) /*!< TIM20_ETR is connected to ADC4 AWD2 */
#define TIM_TIM20_ADC4_AWD3 (0x0000000CU) /*!< TIM20_ETR is connected to ADC4 AWD3 */
#endif /* TIM20 */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* End of exported constants -------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Macros TIM Extended Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* End of exported macro -----------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Private_Macros TIM Extended Private Macros
* @{
*/
#if defined(TIM1) && defined(TIM8) && defined(TIM20) && defined(TIM16)
#define IS_TIM_REMAP(__INSTANCE__, __REMAP__) \
((((__INSTANCE__) == TIM1) && ((((__REMAP__) & 0xFFFFFFF0U) == 0x00000000U))) \
|| (((__INSTANCE__) == TIM8) && ((((__REMAP__) & 0xFFFFFFF0U) == 0x00000000U))) \
|| (((__INSTANCE__) == TIM20) && ((((__REMAP__) & 0xFFFFFFF0U) == 0x00000000U))) \
|| (((__INSTANCE__) == TIM16) && ((((__REMAP__) & 0xFFFFFFFCU) == 0x00000000U))))
#elif defined(TIM1) && defined(TIM8) && defined(TIM16)
#define IS_TIM_REMAP(__INSTANCE__, __REMAP__) \
((((__INSTANCE__) == TIM1) && ((((__REMAP__) & 0xFFFFFFF0U) == 0x00000000U))) \
|| (((__INSTANCE__) == TIM8) && ((((__REMAP__) & 0xFFFFFFF0U) == 0x00000000U))) \
|| (((__INSTANCE__) == TIM16) && ((((__REMAP__) & 0xFFFFFFFCU) == 0x00000000U))))
#elif defined(TIM1) && defined(TIM16)
#define IS_TIM_REMAP(__INSTANCE__, __REMAP__) \
((((__INSTANCE__) == TIM1) && ((((__REMAP__) & 0xFFFFFFF0U) == 0x00000000U))) \
|| (((__INSTANCE__) == TIM16) && ((((__REMAP__) & 0xFFFFFFFCU) == 0x00000000U))))
#elif defined(TIM14)
#define IS_TIM_REMAP(__INSTANCE__, __REMAP__) \
(((__INSTANCE__) == TIM14) && (((__REMAP__) & 0xFFFFFFFCU) == 0x00000000U))
#endif /* TIM1 && TIM8 && TIM20 && TIM16 */
/**
* @}
*/
/* End of private macro ------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIM Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Timer Hall Sensor functions
* @brief Timer Hall Sensor functions
* @{
*/
/* Timer Hall Sensor functions **********************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef *sConfig);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
/* Blocking mode: Polling */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Timer Complementary Output Compare functions
* @brief Timer Complementary Output Compare functions
* @{
*/
/* Timer Complementary Output Compare functions *****************************/
/* Blocking mode: Polling */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Timer Complementary PWM functions
* @brief Timer Complementary PWM functions
* @{
*/
/* Timer Complementary PWM functions ****************************************/
/* Blocking mode: Polling */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Extended Timer Complementary One Pulse functions
* @brief Timer Complementary One Pulse functions
* @{
*/
/* Timer Complementary One Pulse functions **********************************/
/* Blocking mode: Polling */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel);
/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Extended Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
* @{
*/
/* Extended Control functions ************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger,
uint32_t CommutationSource);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger,
uint32_t CommutationSource);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger,
uint32_t CommutationSource);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef *sMasterConfig);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef *sBreakDeadTimeConfig);
#if defined(TIM_CCR5_CCR5)
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_GroupChannel5(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channels);
#endif /* TIM_CCR5_CCR5 */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Remap);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 Extended Callbacks functions
* @brief Extended Callbacks functions
* @{
*/
/* Extended Callback **********************************************************/
void HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
void HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
#if defined(TIM_BDTR_BK2E)
void HAL_TIMEx_Break2Callback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
#endif /* TIM_BDTR_BK2E */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Extended Peripheral State functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral State functions
* @{
*/
/* Extended Peripheral State functions ***************************************/
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_GetChannelNState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t ChannelN);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* End of exported functions -------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Private_Functions TIMEx Private Functions
* @{
*/
void TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
void TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/**
* @}
*/
/* End of private functions --------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* STM32F3xx_HAL_TIM_EX_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1564
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_uart.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

510
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f3xx_hal_uart_ex.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,510 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_uart_ex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of UART HAL Extended module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef STM32F3xx_HAL_UART_EX_H
#define STM32F3xx_HAL_UART_EX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup UARTEx
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Types UARTEx Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief UART wake up from stop mode parameters
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t WakeUpEvent; /*!< Specifies which event will activate the Wakeup from Stop mode flag (WUF).
This parameter can be a value of @ref UART_WakeUp_from_Stop_Selection.
If set to UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS, the two other fields below must
be filled up. */
uint16_t AddressLength; /*!< Specifies whether the address is 4 or 7-bit long.
This parameter can be a value of @ref UARTEx_WakeUp_Address_Length. */
uint8_t Address; /*!< UART/USART node address (7-bit long max). */
} UART_WakeUpTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Constants UARTEx Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Word_Length UARTEx Word Length
* @{
*/
#if defined(USART_CR1_M1)
#define UART_WORDLENGTH_7B USART_CR1_M1 /*!< 7-bit long UART frame */
#endif /* USART_CR1_M1 */
#define UART_WORDLENGTH_8B 0x00000000U /*!< 8-bit long UART frame */
#if defined (USART_CR1_M0)
#define UART_WORDLENGTH_9B USART_CR1_M0 /*!< 9-bit long UART frame */
#else
#define UART_WORDLENGTH_9B USART_CR1_M /*!< 9-bit long UART frame */
#endif /* USART_CR1_M0 */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_WakeUp_Address_Length UARTEx WakeUp Address Length
* @{
*/
#define UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B 0x00000000U /*!< 4-bit long wake-up address */
#define UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B USART_CR2_ADDM7 /*!< 7-bit long wake-up address */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions ****************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RS485Ex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Polarity, uint32_t AssertionTime,
uint32_t DeassertionTime);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
void HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions **********************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t AddressLength);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint16_t *RxLen, uint32_t Timeout);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Private_Macros UARTEx Private Macros
* @{
*/
/** @brief Report the UART clock source.
* @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle.
* @param __CLOCKSOURCE__ output variable.
* @retval UART clocking source, written in __CLOCKSOURCE__.
*/
#if defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F303xE) || defined(STM32F398xx) || defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || defined(STM32F358xx)
#define UART_GETCLOCKSOURCE(__HANDLE__,__CLOCKSOURCE__) \
do { \
if((__HANDLE__)->Instance == USART1) \
{ \
switch(__HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE()) \
{ \
case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2; \
break; \
case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI; \
break; \
case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK; \
break; \
case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE; \
break; \
default: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; \
break; \
} \
} \
else if((__HANDLE__)->Instance == USART2) \
{ \
switch(__HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE()) \
{ \
case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1; \
break; \
case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_HSI: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI; \
break; \
case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK; \
break; \
case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_LSE: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE; \
break; \
default: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; \
break; \
} \
} \
else if((__HANDLE__)->Instance == USART3) \
{ \
switch(__HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE()) \
{ \
case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1; \
break; \
case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_HSI: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI; \
break; \
case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK; \
break; \
case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_LSE: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE; \
break; \
default: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; \
break; \
} \
} \
else if((__HANDLE__)->Instance == UART4) \
{ \
switch(__HAL_RCC_GET_UART4_SOURCE()) \
{ \
case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1; \
break; \
case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_HSI: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI; \
break; \
case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK; \
break; \
case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_LSE: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE; \
break; \
default: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; \
break; \
} \
} \
else if ((__HANDLE__)->Instance == UART5) \
{ \
switch(__HAL_RCC_GET_UART5_SOURCE()) \
{ \
case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1; \
break; \
case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_HSI: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI; \
break; \
case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK; \
break; \
case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_LSE: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE; \
break; \
default: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; \
break; \
} \
} \
else \
{ \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; \
} \
} while(0U)
#elif defined(STM32F303x8) || defined(STM32F334x8) || defined(STM32F328xx) || defined(STM32F301x8) || defined(STM32F302x8) || defined(STM32F318xx)
#define UART_GETCLOCKSOURCE(__HANDLE__,__CLOCKSOURCE__) \
do { \
if((__HANDLE__)->Instance == USART1) \
{ \
switch(__HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE()) \
{ \
case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1; \
break; \
case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI; \
break; \
case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK; \
break; \
case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE; \
break; \
default: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; \
break; \
} \
} \
else if((__HANDLE__)->Instance == USART2) \
{ \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1; \
} \
else if((__HANDLE__)->Instance == USART3) \
{ \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1; \
} \
else \
{ \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; \
} \
} while(0U)
#else
#define UART_GETCLOCKSOURCE(__HANDLE__,__CLOCKSOURCE__) \
do { \
if((__HANDLE__)->Instance == USART1) \
{ \
switch(__HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE()) \
{ \
case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2; \
break; \
case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI; \
break; \
case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK; \
break; \
case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE; \
break; \
default: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; \
break; \
} \
} \
else if((__HANDLE__)->Instance == USART2) \
{ \
switch(__HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE()) \
{ \
case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1; \
break; \
case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_HSI: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI; \
break; \
case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK; \
break; \
case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_LSE: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE; \
break; \
default: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; \
break; \
} \
} \
else if((__HANDLE__)->Instance == USART3) \
{ \
switch(__HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE()) \
{ \
case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1; \
break; \
case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_HSI: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI; \
break; \
case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK; \
break; \
case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_LSE: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE; \
break; \
default: \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; \
break; \
} \
} \
else \
{ \
(__CLOCKSOURCE__) = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; \
} \
} while(0U)
#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE || STM32F398xx || STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC || STM32F358xx */
/** @brief Report the UART mask to apply to retrieve the received data
* according to the word length and to the parity bits activation.
* @note If PCE = 1, the parity bit is not included in the data extracted
* by the reception API().
* This masking operation is not carried out in the case of
* DMA transfers.
* @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle.
* @retval None, the mask to apply to UART RDR register is stored in (__HANDLE__)->Mask field.
*/
#if defined (USART_CR1_M1)
#define UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(__HANDLE__) \
do { \
if ((__HANDLE__)->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) \
{ \
if ((__HANDLE__)->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) \
{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Mask = 0x01FFU ; \
} \
else \
{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Mask = 0x00FFU ; \
} \
} \
else if ((__HANDLE__)->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) \
{ \
if ((__HANDLE__)->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) \
{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Mask = 0x00FFU ; \
} \
else \
{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Mask = 0x007FU ; \
} \
} \
else if ((__HANDLE__)->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_7B) \
{ \
if ((__HANDLE__)->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) \
{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Mask = 0x007FU ; \
} \
else \
{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Mask = 0x003FU ; \
} \
} \
else \
{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Mask = 0x0000U; \
} \
} while(0U)
#else
#define UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(__HANDLE__) \
do { \
if ((__HANDLE__)->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) \
{ \
if ((__HANDLE__)->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) \
{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Mask = 0x01FFU ; \
} \
else \
{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Mask = 0x00FFU ; \
} \
} \
else if ((__HANDLE__)->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) \
{ \
if ((__HANDLE__)->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) \
{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Mask = 0x00FFU ; \
} \
else \
{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Mask = 0x007FU ; \
} \
} \
else \
{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Mask = 0x0000U; \
} \
} while(0U)
#endif /* USART_CR1_M1 */
/**
* @brief Ensure that UART frame length is valid.
* @param __LENGTH__ UART frame length.
* @retval SET (__LENGTH__ is valid) or RESET (__LENGTH__ is invalid)
*/
#if defined (USART_CR1_M1)
#define IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(__LENGTH__) (((__LENGTH__) == UART_WORDLENGTH_7B) || \
((__LENGTH__) == UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) || \
((__LENGTH__) == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B))
#else
#define IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(__LENGTH__) (((__LENGTH__) == UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) || \
((__LENGTH__) == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B))
#endif /* USART_CR1_M1 */
/**
* @brief Ensure that UART wake-up address length is valid.
* @param __ADDRESS__ UART wake-up address length.
* @retval SET (__ADDRESS__ is valid) or RESET (__ADDRESS__ is invalid)
*/
#define IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(__ADDRESS__) (((__ADDRESS__) == UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B) || \
((__ADDRESS__) == UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* STM32F3xx_HAL_UART_EX_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

531
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL module driver.
* This is the common part of the HAL initialization
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
[..]
The HAL contains two APIs categories:
(+) HAL Initialization and de-initialization functions
(+) HAL Control functions
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL HAL
* @brief HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief STM32F3xx HAL Driver version number V1.5.5
*/
#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */
#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x05U) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x05U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00U) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24U)\
|(__STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\
|(__STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U )\
|(__STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK (0x00000FFFU)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Variables HAL Exported Variables
* @{
*/
__IO uint32_t uwTick;
uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid PRIO */
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT; /* 1KHz */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initializes the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial clock
configuration. It initializes the systick also when timeout is needed
and the backup domain when enabled.
(+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL.
(+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
Tick interrupt priority.
(++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
handled in milliseconds basis.
(++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
(++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular
time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
(numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
ISR process will be blocked.
(++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __Weak
to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function configures the Flash prefetch,
* Configures time base source, NVIC and Low level hardware
* @note This function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before
* the clock configuration
*
* @note The Systick configuration is based on HSI clock, as HSI is the clock
* used after a system Reset and the NVIC configuration is set to Priority group 4
*
* @note The time base configuration is based on MSI clock when exting from Reset.
* Once done, time base tick start incrementing.
* In the default implementation,Systick is used as source of time base.
* The tick variable is incremented each 1ms in its ISR.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
{
/* Configure Flash prefetch */
#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0U)
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
/* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
/* Enable systick and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */
HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspInit();
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the systick.
* @note This function is optional.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
{
/* Reset of all peripherals */
__HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET();
/* De-Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspDeInit();
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief This function configures the source of the time base.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
* Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
* The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
* than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
* The function is declared as __Weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementation in user file.
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
/* Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U / uwTickFreq)) > 0U)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
* @brief HAL Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
(+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
(+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
(+) Resume the time base source interrupt
(+) Get the HAL API driver version
(+) Get the device identifier
(+) Get the device revision identifier
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during Sleep mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
* used as application time base.
* @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
* in SysTick ISR.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
{
uwTick += uwTickFreq;
}
/**
* @brief Povides a tick value in millisecond.
* @note The function is declared as __Weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval tick value
*/
__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
{
return uwTick;
}
/**
* @brief This function returns a tick priority.
* @retval tick priority
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void)
{
return uwTickPrio;
}
/**
* @brief Set new tick Freq.
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef prevTickFreq;
assert_param(IS_TICKFREQ(Freq));
if (uwTickFreq != Freq)
{
/* Back up uwTickFreq frequency */
prevTickFreq = uwTickFreq;
/* Update uwTickFreq global variable used by HAL_InitTick() */
uwTickFreq = Freq;
/* Apply the new tick Freq */
status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
if (status != HAL_OK)
{
/* Restore previous tick frequency */
uwTickFreq = prevTickFreq;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Return tick frequency.
* @retval tick period in Hz
*/
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void)
{
return uwTickFreq;
}
/**
* @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
* on variable incremented.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
* is incremented.
* The function is declared as __Weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
{
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
uint32_t wait = Delay;
/* Add freq to guarantee minimum wait */
if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
wait += (uint32_t)(uwTickFreq);
}
while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
{
}
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
* is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
* is suspended.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
* is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
* is resumed.
* The function is declared as __Weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
}
/**
* @brief This function returns the HAL revision
* @retval version 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
{
return __STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device revision identifier.
* @retval Device revision identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
{
return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16U);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device identifier.
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
{
return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
}
/**
* @brief Returns first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void)
{
return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
}
/**
* @brief Returns second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void)
{
return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U))));
}
/**
* @brief Returns third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void)
{
return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U))));
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

513
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_cortex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_cortex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the CORTEX:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
* @verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
===========================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
(#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function
(#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
(#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
-@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
-@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
(+@) Lowest pre-emption priority
(+@) Lowest sub priority
(+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
[..]
*** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
========================================================
[..]
Setup SysTick Timer for time base
(+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
is a CMSIS function that:
(++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
(++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0FU).
(++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
(++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
(++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
(++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
(+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
inside the stm32f3xx_hal_cortex.h file.
(+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
(+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
(++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
(++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/*
Additional Tables: CORTEX_NVIC_Priority_Table
The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according
to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function
==========================================================================================================================
NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description
==========================================================================================================================
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 | 0 | 0U-15 | 0 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 4 bits for subpriority
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1 | 0U-1 | 0U-7 | 1 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 3 bits for subpriority
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2 | 0U-3 | 0U-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 2 bits for subpriority
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3 | 0U-7 | 0U-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 1 bits for subpriority
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4 | 0U-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 0 bits for subpriority
==========================================================================================================================
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX
* @brief CORTEX CORTEX HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
Systick functionalities
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Sets the priority grouping field (pre-emption priority and subpriority)
* using the required unlock sequence.
* @param PriorityGroup The priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority
* 1 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority
* 0 bits for subpriority
* @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
* The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
}
/**
* @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
* @param PreemptPriority The pre-emption priority for the IRQn channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 as described in the table CORTEX_NVIC_Priority_Table
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
* @param SubPriority the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 as described in the table CORTEX_NVIC_Priority_Table
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
{
uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
}
/**
* @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
* function should be called before.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Enable interrupt */
NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Disable interrupt */
NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
{
/* System Reset */
NVIC_SystemReset();
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
* Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
* @param TicksNumb Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
* @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
* - 1 Function failed.
*/
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
{
return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Cortex control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
(NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
/**
* @brief Disables the MPU also clears the HFNMIENA bit (ARM recommendation)
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
{
/* Disable fault exceptions */
SCB->SHCSR &= ~SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
/* Disable the MPU */
MPU->CTRL = 0U;
}
/**
* @brief Enables the MPU
* @param MPU_Control Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault,
* NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged access to the default memory
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
* @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
* @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
{
/* Enable the MPU */
MPU->CTRL = MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
/* Enable fault exceptions */
SCB->SHCSR |= SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected.
* @param MPU_Init Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the initialization and configuration information.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
/* Set the Region number */
MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
}
else
{
MPU->RBAR = 0x00U;
MPU->RASR = 0x00U;
}
}
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @brief Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
* @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
{
/* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
}
/**
* @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
* @param PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority
* 1 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority
* 0 bits for subpriority
* @param pPreemptPriority Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
* @param pSubPriority Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
}
/**
* @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Set interrupt pending */
NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
* and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Return 1 if pending else 0U */
return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Clear pending interrupt */
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Return 1 if active else 0U */
return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
* @param CLKSource specifies the SysTick clock source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
{
SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
else
{
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
}
/**
* @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
}
/**
* @brief SYSTICK callback.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

900
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_dma.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,900 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_dma.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DMA HAL module driver.
*
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
* + Peripheral State and errors functions
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel
(except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is
necessary). Please refer to Reference manual for connection between peripherals
and DMA requests .
(#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters:
Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats,
Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode,
using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
(#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error
detection.
(#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
-@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
*** Polling mode IO operation ***
=================================
[..]
(+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
(+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this
case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
*** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
===================================
[..]
(+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
(+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
(+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of
Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred.
In this case the DMA interrupt is configured
(+) Use HAL_DMA_Channel_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
(+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure).
*** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
=============================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.
[..]
(@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMA DMA
* @brief DMA HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions
* @{
*/
static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
static void DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source
and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction,
circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value.
[..]
The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
reference manual.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the DMA according to the specified
* parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
/* Check the DMA handle allocation */
if(NULL == hdma)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get the CR register value */
tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR;
/* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR bits */
tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL | DMA_CCR_MSIZE | DMA_CCR_PSIZE | \
DMA_CCR_MINC | DMA_CCR_PINC | DMA_CCR_CIRC | \
DMA_CCR_DIR));
/* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */
tmp |= hdma->Init.Direction |
hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc |
hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority;
/* Write to DMA Channel CR register */
hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp;
/* Initialize DmaBaseAddress and ChannelIndex parameters used
by HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() and HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() */
DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(hdma);
/* Initialise the error code */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Initialize the DMA state*/
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the DMA peripheral
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Check the DMA handle allocation */
if(NULL == hdma)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
/* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */
hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
/* Reset DMA Channel control register */
hdma->Instance->CCR = 0U;
/* Reset DMA Channel Number of Data to Transfer register */
hdma->Instance->CNDTR = 0U;
/* Reset DMA Channel peripheral address register */
hdma->Instance->CPAR = 0U;
/* Reset DMA Channel memory address register */
hdma->Instance->CMAR = 0U;
/* Get DMA Base Address */
DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(hdma);
/* Clear all flags */
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
/* Clean callbacks */
hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
/* Reset the error code */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Reset the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
* @brief I/O operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
Start DMA transfer with interrupt
(+) Abort DMA transfer
(+) Poll for transfer complete
(+) Handle DMA interrupt request
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Start the DMA Transfer.
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Disable the peripheral */
hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Enable the Peripheral */
hdma->Instance->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN;
}
else
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
/* Remain BUSY */
status = HAL_BUSY;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Disable the peripheral */
hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Enable the transfer complete, & transfer error interrupts */
/* Half transfer interrupt is optional: enable it only if associated callback is available */
if(NULL != hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback )
{
hdma->Instance->CCR |= (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
}
else
{
hdma->Instance->CCR |= (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE);
hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_IT_HT;
}
/* Enable the Peripheral */
hdma->Instance->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN;
}
else
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
/* Remain BUSY */
status = HAL_BUSY;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Abort the DMA Transfer.
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
if(hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY)
{
/* no transfer ongoing */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Disable DMA IT */
hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
/* Disable the channel */
hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
/* Clear all flags */
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
}
/* Change the DMA state*/
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Abort the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode.
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
{
/* no transfer ongoing */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Disable DMA IT */
hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
/* Disable the channel */
hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
/* Clear all flags */
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
/* Call User Abort callback */
if(hdma->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
{
hdma->XferAbortCallback(hdma);
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Polling for transfer complete.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @param CompleteLevel Specifies the DMA level complete.
* @param Timeout Timeout duration.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t temp;
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
{
/* no transfer ongoing */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Polling mode not supported in circular mode */
if (RESET != (hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC))
{
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Get the level transfer complete flag */
if(HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel)
{
/* Transfer Complete flag */
temp = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
}
else
{
/* Half Transfer Complete flag */
temp = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
}
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(RESET == (hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & temp))
{
if(RESET != (hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << hdma->ChannelIndex)))
{
/* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
/* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
/* Clear all flags */
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check for the Timeout */
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
{
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
if(HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel)
{
/* Clear the transfer complete flag */
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
/* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and
all transfers are complete) */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
}
else
{
/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
}
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handle DMA interrupt request.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
uint32_t flag_it = hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR;
uint32_t source_it = hdma->Instance->CCR;
/* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
if ((RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_HT)))
{
/* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
{
/* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_IT_HT;
}
/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
/* DMA peripheral state is not updated in Half Transfer */
/* State is updated only in Transfer Complete case */
if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
{
/* Half transfer callback */
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
}
}
/* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
else if ((RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_TC)))
{
if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
{
/* Disable the transfer complete & transfer error interrupts */
/* if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE);
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
}
/* Clear the transfer complete flag */
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer complete callback */
hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
}
}
/* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/
else if (( RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_TE)))
{
/* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
/* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
/* Then, disable all DMA interrupts */
hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
/* Clear all flags */
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Register callbacks
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param CallbackID User Callback identifer
* a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
* @param pCallback pointer to private callback function which has pointer to
* a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as parameter.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)( DMA_HandleTypeDef * _hdma))
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
hdma->XferCpltCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
hdma->XferErrorCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
hdma->XferAbortCallback = pCallback;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief UnRegister callbacks
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param CallbackID User Callback identifer
* a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
break;
case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
break;
case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
break;
case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
break;
case HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID:
hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### State and Errors functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides functions allowing to
(+) Check the DMA state
(+) Get error code
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the DMA state.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
return hdma->State;
}
/**
* @brief Return the DMA error code
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @retval DMA Error Code
*/
uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
return hdma->ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set the DMA Transfer parameters.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Clear all flags */
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
/* Configure DMA Channel data length */
hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength;
/* Peripheral to Memory */
if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
{
/* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress;
/* Configure DMA Channel source address */
hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress;
}
/* Memory to Peripheral */
else
{
/* Configure DMA Channel source address */
hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress;
/* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress;
}
}
/**
* @brief Set the DMA base address and channel index depending on DMA instance
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval None
*/
static void DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
#if defined (DMA2)
/* calculation of the channel index */
if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
{
/* DMA1 */
hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
}
else
{
/* DMA2 */
hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2U;
hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
}
#else
/* calculation of the channel index */
/* DMA1 */
hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
#endif
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

631
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_exti.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_exti.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief EXTI HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Extended Interrupts and events controller (EXTI) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### EXTI Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) Each Exti line can be configured within this driver.
(+) Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes
(++) Interrupt
(++) Event
(++) Both of them
(+) Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers
(++) Rising
(++) Falling
(++) Both of them
(+) When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two different
interrupts pending registers which allow to distinguish which transition
occurs:
(++) Rising edge pending interrupt
(++) Falling
(+) Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can
be selected through multiplexer.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine().
(++) Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger
"Trigger" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) For Exti lines linked to gpio, choose gpio port using "GPIOSel"
member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(#) Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using
HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
(++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
(++) Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter.
(#) Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
(++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
(#) Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback().
(++) Provide exiting handle as first parameter.
(++) Provide which callback will be registered using one value from
EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef.
(++) Provide callback function pointer.
(#) Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
(#) Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
(#) Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI().
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2019 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI
* @{
*/
/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rule:
* Rule-18.1_b - Medium: Array `EXTICR' 1st subscript interval [0,7] may be out
* of bounds [0,3] in following API :
* HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine
* HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine
* HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine
*/
#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define EXTI_MODE_OFFSET 0x08u /* 0x20: offset between CPU IMR/EMR registers */
#define EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET 0x08u /* 0x20: offset between CPU Rising/Falling configuration registers */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param pExtiConfig Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check null pointer */
if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(pExtiConfig->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(pExtiConfig->Mode));
/* Assign line number to handle */
hexti->Line = pExtiConfig->Line;
/* Compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* Configure triggers for configurable lines */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(pExtiConfig->Trigger));
/* Configure rising trigger */
regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
{
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store rising trigger mode */
*regaddr = regval;
/* Configure falling trigger */
regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
{
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store falling trigger mode */
*regaddr = regval;
/* Configure gpio port selection in case of gpio exti line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(pExtiConfig->GPIOSel));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
regval |= (pExtiConfig->GPIOSel << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
}
}
/* Configure interrupt mode : read current mode */
regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT) != 0x00u)
{
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store interrupt mode */
*regaddr = regval;
/* Configure event mode : read current mode */
regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != 0x00u)
{
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store event mode */
*regaddr = regval;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param pExtiConfig Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check null pointer */
if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* Store handle line number to configuration structure */
pExtiConfig->Line = hexti->Line;
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* 1] Get core mode : interrupt */
regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT;
}
else
{
pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_NONE;
}
/* Get event mode */
regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Mode |= EXTI_MODE_EVENT;
}
/* 2] Get trigger for configurable lines : rising */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
{
regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING;
}
else
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
}
/* Get falling configuration */
regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger |= EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
}
/* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = ((regval << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (3uL - (linepos & 0x03u)))) >> 24);
}
else
{
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
}
}
else
{
/* No Trigger selected */
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check null pointer */
if (hexti == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* 1] Clear interrupt mode */
regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
/* 2] Clear event mode */
regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
/* 3] Clear triggers in case of configurable lines */
if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
{
regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
/* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Register callback for a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param CallbackID User callback identifier.
* This parameter can be one of @arg @ref EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values.
* @param pPendingCbfn function pointer to be stored as callback.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void))
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID:
hexti->PendingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Store line number as handle private field.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param ExtiLine Exti line number.
* This parameter can be from 0 to @ref EXTI_LINE_NB.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(ExtiLine));
/* Check null pointer */
if (hexti == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Store line number as handle private field */
hexti->Line = ExtiLine;
return HAL_OK;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief EXTI IO functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval none.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
/* Get pending bit */
regaddr = (&EXTI->PR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & maskline);
if (regval != 0x00u)
{
/* Clear pending bit */
EXTI->PR = maskline;
/* Call callback */
if (hexti->PendingCallback != NULL)
{
hexti->PendingCallback();
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be checked.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
* This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
* @retval 1 if interrupt is pending else 0.
*/
uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* Get pending bit */
regaddr = (&EXTI->PR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
/* return 1 if bit is set else 0 */
regval = ((*regaddr & maskline) >> linepos);
return regval;
}
/**
* @brief Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
* This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
/* Get pending bit */
regaddr = (&EXTI->PR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
/* Clear Pending bit */
*regaddr = maskline;
}
/**
* @brief Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
regaddr = (&EXTI->SWIER + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
*regaddr = maskline;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

695
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_flash.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,695 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_flash.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
* + Program operations functions
* + Memory Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FLASH peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
and the read and write protection mechanisms.
[..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
prefetch.
[..] The FLASH main features are:
(+) Flash memory read operations
(+) Flash memory program/erase operations
(+) Read / write protections
(+) Prefetch on I-Code
(+) Option Bytes programming
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
memory of all STM32F3xx devices.
(#) FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed
functions to erase and program the main memory:
(++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface
(++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages
(++) Program functions: half word, word and doubleword
(#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed
functions to manage the Option Bytes:
(++) Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes
(++) Set/Reset the write protection
(++) Set the Read protection Level
(++) Program the user Option Bytes
(++) Launch the Option Bytes loader
(++) Erase Option Bytes
(++) Program the data Option Bytes
(++) Get the Write protection.
(++) Get the user option bytes.
(#) Interrupts and flags management functions : this group
includes all needed functions to:
(++) Handle FLASH interrupts
(++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
(++) Get error flag status
[..] In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
to handle the following operations:
(+) Set/Get the latency
(+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
(+) Enable/Disable the half cycle access
(+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
(+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro ---------------------------- ---------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
* @{
*/
/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
* @{
*/
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
extern void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
* @brief Programming operation functions
*
@verbatim
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address
* @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
* The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @note FLASH should be previously erased before new programming (only exception to this
* is when 0x0000 is programmed)
*
* @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param Address Specifie the address to be programmed.
* @param Data Specifie the data to be programmed
*
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
uint8_t index = 0U;
uint8_t nbiterations = 0U;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
{
/* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
nbiterations = 1U;
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
{
/* Program word (32-bit = 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
nbiterations = 2U;
}
else
{
/* Program double word (64-bit = 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
nbiterations = 4U;
}
for (index = 0U; index < nbiterations; index++)
{
FLASH_Program_HalfWord((Address + (2U*index)), (uint16_t)(Data >> (16U*index)));
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
/* In case of error, stop programming procedure */
if (status != HAL_OK)
{
break;
}
}
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
* @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
* The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param Address Specifie the address to be programmed.
* @param Data Specifie the data to be programmed
*
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
pFlash.Address = Address;
pFlash.Data = Data;
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
{
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD;
/* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
pFlash.DataRemaining = 1U;
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
{
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD;
/* Program word (32-bit : 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
pFlash.DataRemaining = 2U;
}
else
{
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD;
/* Program double word (64-bit : 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
pFlash.DataRemaining = 4U;
}
/* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t)Data);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
{
uint32_t addresstmp = 0U;
/* Check FLASH operation error flags */
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) ||__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
{
/* Return the faulty address */
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
/* Reset address */
pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
/* Save the Error code */
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
/* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp);
/* Stop the procedure ongoing */
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
/* Process can continue only if no error detected */
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
{
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE)
{
/* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
pFlash.DataRemaining--;
/* Check if there are still pages to erase */
if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
{
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
/*Indicate user which sector has been erased */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
/*Increment sector number*/
addresstmp = pFlash.Address + FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
pFlash.Address = addresstmp;
/* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp);
}
else
{
/* No more pages to Erase, user callback can be called. */
/* Reset Sector and stop Erase pages procedure */
pFlash.Address = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
}
}
else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
{
/* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
/* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0U);
/* Stop Mass Erase procedure*/
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
else
{
/* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */
pFlash.DataRemaining--;
/* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */
if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
{
/* Increment address to 16-bit */
pFlash.Address += 2U;
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
/* Shift to have next 16-bit data */
pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16U);
/* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data);
}
else
{
/* Program ended. Return the selected address */
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD)
{
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
}
else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD)
{
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 2U);
}
else
{
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 6U);
}
/* Reset Address and stop Program procedure */
pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
}
}
}
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
{
/* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER));
/* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
}
}
/**
* @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
* @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* - Mass Erase: No return value expected
* - Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been erased
* (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased)
* - Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval none
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback
* @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* - Mass Erase: No return value expected
* - Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an error
* - Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval none
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
memory operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
{
/* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2);
/* Verify Flash is unlocked */
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Locks the FLASH control register access
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
{
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
{
if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE))
{
/* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
{
/* Clear the OPTWRE Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Launch the option byte loading.
* @note This function will reset automatically the MCU.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
{
/* Set the OBL_Launch bit to launch the option byte loading */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral errors functions
* @brief Peripheral errors functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permit to get in run-time errors of the FLASH peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
* @retval FLASH_ErrorCode The returned value can be:
* @ref FLASH_Error_Codes
*/
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
{
return pFlash.ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.
* @param Address specify the address to be programmed.
* @param Data specify the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
{
/* Clean the error context */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* Proceed to program the new data */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
/* Write data in the address */
*(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
* @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
{
/* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
flag will be set */
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY))
{
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout))
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) ||
__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
{
/*Save the error code*/
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* There is no error flag set */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
{
uint32_t flags = 0U;
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR;
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG;
flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGERR;
}
/* Clear FLASH error pending bits */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(flags);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

983
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_flash_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,983 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_flash_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended FLASH HAL module driver.
*
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the FLASH peripheral:
* + Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
* + Extended I/O operation functions
* + Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Flash peripheral extended features #####
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory
of all STM32F3xxx devices. It includes
(++) Set/Reset the write protection
(++) Program the user Option Bytes
(++) Get the Read protection Level
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @addtogroup FLASH
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/
extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx FLASHEx
* @brief FLASH HAL Extension module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Constants FLASHEx Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_POSITION_IWDGSW_BIT (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(FLASH_OBR_IWDG_SW)
#define FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA0_BIT (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(FLASH_OBR_DATA0)
#define FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA1_BIT (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(FLASH_OBR_DATA1)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Macros FLASHEx Private Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions FLASHEx Private Functions
* @{
*/
/* Erase operations */
static void FLASH_MassErase(void);
void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress);
/* Option bytes control */
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage);
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage);
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel);
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig);
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void);
static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void);
static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions FLASHEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 FLASHEx Memory Erasing functions
* @brief FLASH Memory Erasing functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FLASH Erasing Programming functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] The FLASH Memory Erasing functions, includes the following functions:
(+) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase: return only when erase has been done
(+) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT: end of erase is done when @ref HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback
is called with parameter 0xFFFFFFFF
[..] Any operation of erase should follow these steps:
(#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the flash control register and
program memory access.
(#) Call the desired function to erase page.
(#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash program memory access
(recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages
* @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function
* must be called before.
* Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access
* (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation)
* @param[in] pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the erasing.
*
* @param[out] PageError pointer to variable that
* contains the configuration information on faulty page in case of error
* (0xFFFFFFFF means that all the pages have been correctly erased)
*
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
uint32_t address = 0U;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
{
/* Mass Erase requested for Bank1 */
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK)
{
/*Mass erase to be done*/
FLASH_MassErase();
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
}
}
else
{
/* Page Erase is requested */
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress));
assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages));
/* Page Erase requested on address located on bank1 */
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK)
{
/*Initialization of PageError variable*/
*PageError = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
/* Erase page by page to be done*/
for(address = pEraseInit->PageAddress;
address < ((pEraseInit->NbPages * FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) + pEraseInit->PageAddress);
address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)
{
FLASH_PageErase(address);
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
if (status != HAL_OK)
{
/* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */
*PageError = address;
break;
}
}
}
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages with interrupt enabled
* @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function
* must be called before.
* Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access
* (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation)
* @param pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the erasing.
*
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* If procedure already ongoing, reject the next one */
if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
/* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
{
/*Mass erase to be done*/
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE;
FLASH_MassErase();
}
else
{
/* Erase by page to be done*/
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress));
assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages));
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE;
pFlash.DataRemaining = pEraseInit->NbPages;
pFlash.Address = pEraseInit->PageAddress;
/*Erase 1st page and wait for IT*/
FLASH_PageErase(pEraseInit->PageAddress);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Option Bytes Programming functions
* @brief Option Bytes Programming functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Option Bytes Programming functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
option bytes operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Erases the FLASH option bytes.
* @note This functions erases all option bytes except the Read protection (RDP).
* The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
* The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes
* The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
* (system reset will occur)
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(void)
{
uint8_t rdptmp = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
/* Get the actual read protection Option Byte value */
rdptmp = FLASH_OB_GetRDP();
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Clean the error context */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Restore the last read protection Option Byte value */
status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(rdptmp);
}
}
/* Return the erase status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Program option bytes
* @note The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
* The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes
* The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
* (system reset will occur)
*
* @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
* contains the configuration information for the programming.
*
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType));
/* Write protection configuration */
if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) == OPTIONBYTE_WRP)
{
assert_param(IS_WRPSTATE(pOBInit->WRPState));
if (pOBInit->WRPState == OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE)
{
/* Enable of Write protection on the selected page */
status = FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage);
}
else
{
/* Disable of Write protection on the selected page */
status = FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage);
}
if (status != HAL_OK)
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
return status;
}
}
/* Read protection configuration */
if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) == OPTIONBYTE_RDP)
{
status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel);
if (status != HAL_OK)
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
return status;
}
}
/* USER configuration */
if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) == OPTIONBYTE_USER)
{
status = FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERConfig);
if (status != HAL_OK)
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
return status;
}
}
/* DATA configuration*/
if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_DATA) == OPTIONBYTE_DATA)
{
status = FLASH_OB_ProgramData(pOBInit->DATAAddress, pOBInit->DATAData);
if (status != HAL_OK)
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
return status;
}
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Get the Option byte configuration
* @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
* contains the configuration information for the programming.
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
{
pOBInit->OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER;
/*Get WRP*/
pOBInit->WRPPage = FLASH_OB_GetWRP();
/*Get RDP Level*/
pOBInit->RDPLevel = FLASH_OB_GetRDP();
/*Get USER*/
pOBInit->USERConfig = FLASH_OB_GetUser();
}
/**
* @brief Get the Option byte user data
* @param DATAAdress Address of the option byte DATA
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0
* @arg @ref OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA1
* @retval Value programmed in USER data
*/
uint32_t HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetUserData(uint32_t DATAAdress)
{
uint32_t value = 0U;
if (DATAAdress == OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0)
{
/* Get value programmed in OB USER Data0 */
value = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_DATA0) >> FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA0_BIT;
}
else
{
/* Get value programmed in OB USER Data1 */
value = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_DATA1) >> FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA1_BIT;
}
return value;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Full erase of FLASH memory Bank
*
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_MassErase(void)
{
/* Clean the error context */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* Only bank1 will be erased*/
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the write protection of the desired pages
* @note An option byte erase is done automatically in this function.
* @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
* it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if
* debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
*
* @param WriteProtectPage specifies the page(s) to be write protected.
* The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
* @retval HAL status
*/
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFFU;
#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1)
uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFFU;
#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */
#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2)
uint16_t WRP2_Data = 0xFFFFU;
#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */
#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3)
uint16_t WRP3_Data = 0xFFFFU;
#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage));
/* Get current write protected pages and the new pages to be protected ******/
WriteProtectPage = (uint32_t)(~((~FLASH_OB_GetWRP()) | WriteProtectPage));
#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK)
WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK);
#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK */
#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK)
WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8U);
#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK */
#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK)
WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16U);
#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK */
#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK)
WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) >> 24U);
#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK)
WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) >> 24U);
#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK */
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Clean the error context */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* To be able to write again option byte, need to perform a option byte erase */
status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase();
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Enable write protection */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
#if defined(OB_WRP0_WRP0)
if(WRP0_Data != 0xFFU)
{
OB->WRP0 &= WRP0_Data;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
}
#endif /* OB_WRP0_WRP0 */
#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1)
if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFFU))
{
OB->WRP1 &= WRP1_Data;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
}
#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */
#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2)
if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFFU))
{
OB->WRP2 &= WRP2_Data;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
}
#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */
#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3)
if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFFU))
{
OB->WRP3 &= WRP3_Data;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
}
#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */
/* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the write protection of the desired pages
* @note An option byte erase is done automatically in this function.
* @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
* it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if
* debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
*
* @param WriteProtectPage specifies the page(s) to be write unprotected.
* The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
* @retval HAL status
*/
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFFU;
#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1)
uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFFU;
#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */
#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2)
uint16_t WRP2_Data = 0xFFFFU;
#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */
#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3)
uint16_t WRP3_Data = 0xFFFFU;
#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage));
/* Get current write protected pages and the new pages to be unprotected ******/
WriteProtectPage = (FLASH_OB_GetWRP() | WriteProtectPage);
#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK)
WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK);
#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK */
#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK)
WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8U);
#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK */
#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK)
WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16U);
#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK */
#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK)
WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) >> 24U);
#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK)
WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) >> 24U);
#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK */
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Clean the error context */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* To be able to write again option byte, need to perform a option byte erase */
status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase();
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
#if defined(OB_WRP0_WRP0)
if(WRP0_Data != 0xFFU)
{
OB->WRP0 |= WRP0_Data;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
}
#endif /* OB_WRP0_WRP0 */
#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1)
if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFFU))
{
OB->WRP1 |= WRP1_Data;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
}
#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */
#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2)
if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFFU))
{
OB->WRP2 |= WRP2_Data;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
}
#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */
#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3)
if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFFU))
{
OB->WRP3 |= WRP3_Data;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
}
#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */
/* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set the read protection level.
* @param ReadProtectLevel specifies the read protection level.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection
* @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory
* @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_2 Full chip protection
* @note Warning: When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0
* @retval HAL status
*/
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(ReadProtectLevel));
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Clean the error context */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
WRITE_REG(OB->RDP, ReadProtectLevel);
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Program the FLASH User Option Byte.
* @note Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs)
* @param UserConfig The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1), RST_STDBY(Bit2), nBOOT1(Bit4),
* VDDA_Analog_Monitoring(Bit5) and SRAM_Parity_Enable(Bit6).
* And SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR(Bit7) for STM32F373 or STM32F378 .
* @retval HAL status
*/
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_IWDG_SW)));
assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STOP_NO_RST)));
assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STDBY_NO_RST)));
assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT1((UserConfig&OB_BOOT1_SET)));
assert_param(IS_OB_VDDA_ANALOG((UserConfig&OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON)));
assert_param(IS_OB_SRAM_PARITY((UserConfig&OB_SRAM_PARITY_RESET)));
#if defined(FLASH_OBR_SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR)
assert_param(IS_OB_SDACD_VDD_MONITOR((UserConfig&OB_SDACD_VDD_MONITOR_SET)));
#endif /* FLASH_OBR_SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR */
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Clean the error context */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
#if defined(FLASH_OBR_SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR)
OB->USER = (UserConfig | 0x08U);
#else
OB->USER = (UserConfig | 0x88U);
#endif
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address.
* @note The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
* The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes
* The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
* (system reset will occur)
* Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs)
* @param Address specifies the address to be programmed.
* This parameter can be 0x1FFFF804 or 0x1FFFF806.
* @param Data specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval HAL status
*/
static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Clean the error context */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* Enables the Option Bytes Programming operation */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
*(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
}
/* Return the Option Byte Data Program Status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
* @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value
*/
static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void)
{
/* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */
return (uint32_t)(READ_REG(FLASH->WRPR));
}
/**
* @brief Returns the FLASH Read Protection level.
* @retval FLASH RDP level
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection
* @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory
* @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_2 Full chip protection
*/
static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void)
{
uint32_t tmp_reg = 0U;
/* Read RDP level bits */
#if defined(FLASH_OBR_RDPRT)
tmp_reg = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_RDPRT);
#elif defined(FLASH_OBR_LEVEL1_PROT)
tmp_reg = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, (FLASH_OBR_LEVEL1_PROT | FLASH_OBR_LEVEL2_PROT));
#endif /* FLASH_OBR_RDPRT */
#if defined(FLASH_OBR_RDPRT)
if (tmp_reg == FLASH_OBR_RDPRT_2)
#elif defined(FLASH_OBR_LEVEL1_PROT)
if (tmp_reg == FLASH_OBR_LEVEL2_PROT)
#endif /* FLASH_OBR_RDPRT */
{
return OB_RDP_LEVEL_2;
}
else if (tmp_reg == 0U)
{
return OB_RDP_LEVEL_0;
}
else
{
return OB_RDP_LEVEL_1;
}
}
/**
* @brief Return the FLASH User Option Byte value.
* @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1), RST_STDBY(Bit2), nBOOT1(Bit4),
* VDDA_Analog_Monitoring(Bit5) and SRAM_Parity_Enable(Bit6).
* And SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR(Bit7) for STM32F373 or STM32F378 .
*/
static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void)
{
/* Return the User Option Byte */
return (uint8_t)((READ_REG(FLASH->OBR) & FLASH_OBR_USER) >> FLASH_POSITION_IWDGSW_BIT);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Erase the specified FLASH memory page
* @param PageAddress FLASH page to erase
* The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
*
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress)
{
/* Clean the error context */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* Proceed to erase the page */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->AR, PageAddress);
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

545
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_gpio.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,545 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually
configured by software in several modes:
(++) Input mode
(++) Analog mode
(++) Output mode
(++) Alternate function mode
(++) External interrupt/event lines
(+) During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
(+) All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
activated or not.
(+) In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
(+) The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a
multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected
to an IO pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals
sharing the same IO pin.
(+) All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
(+) The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 23 edge detectors
(16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
also be masked independently.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
(#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
(++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
(++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
structure.
(++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
or DAC output.
(++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
(#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
(#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
(#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
(#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
(#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
pins).
(#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
(PC14 and PC15U, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
priority over the GPIO function.
(#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
general purpose PF0 and PF1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rules:
* Rule-18.1_d - Medium: Array pointer `GPIOx' is accessed with index [..,..]
* which may be out of array bounds [..,UNKNOWN] in following APIs:
* HAL_GPIO_Init
* HAL_GPIO_DeInit
*/
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Defines GPIO Private Defines
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_MODE (0x00000003U)
#define EXTI_MODE (0x10000000U)
#define GPIO_MODE_IT (0x00010000U)
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT (0x00020000U)
#define RISING_EDGE (0x00100000U)
#define FALLING_EDGE (0x00200000U)
#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE (0x00000010U)
#define GPIO_NUMBER (16U)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Macros GPIO Private Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F3 family devices
* @param GPIO_Init pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
{
uint32_t position = 0x00u;
uint32_t iocurrent;
uint32_t temp;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
/* Configure the port pins */
while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != 0x00u)
{
/* Get current io position */
iocurrent = (GPIO_Init->Pin) & (1uL << position);
if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
{
/*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||
(GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
{
/* Check the Speed parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
/* Configure the IO Speed */
temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2u));
temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2u));
GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
/* Configure the IO Output Type */
temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4u) << position);
GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
}
/* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2u));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2u));
GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
/* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
{
/* Check the Alternate function parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
/* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u];
temp &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Alternate) << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] = temp;
}
/* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
temp = GPIOx->MODER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2u));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2u));
GPIOx->MODER = temp;
/*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
{
/* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
temp &= ~(0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
temp |= (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] = temp;
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
temp = EXTI->IMR;
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->IMR = temp;
temp = EXTI->EMR;
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->EMR = temp;
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
temp = EXTI->RTSR;
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->RTSR = temp;
temp = EXTI->FTSR;
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->FTSR = temp;
}
}
position++;
}
}
/**
* @brief De-initialize the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F30X device or STM32F37X device
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint32_t position = 0x00u;
uint32_t iocurrent;
uint32_t tmp;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* Configure the port pins */
while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0x00u)
{
/* Get current io position */
iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1uL << position);
if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
{
/*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
/* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */
tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
tmp &= (0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
if (tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u))))
{
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
EXTI->IMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
EXTI->EMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
EXTI->RTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
EXTI->FTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
tmp = 0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] &= ~tmp;
}
/*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
/* Configure IO Direction in Input Floating Mode */
GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2u));
/* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] &= ~(0xFu << ((uint32_t)(position & 0x07u) * 4u)) ;
/* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2u));
/* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
/* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2u));
}
position++;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief GPIO Read, Write, Toggle, Lock and EXTI management functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Read the specified input port pin.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F3 family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to read.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval The input port pin value.
*/
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
if((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET)
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Set or clear the selected data port bit.
*
* @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR and GPIOx_BRR registers to allow atomic read/modify
* accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
* the read and the modify access.
*
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F3 family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @param PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
* This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
* @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
* @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
{
GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
}
else
{
GPIOx->BRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
}
}
/**
* @brief Toggle the specified GPIO pin.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F3 family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the pin to be toggled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint32_t odr;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* get current Ouput Data Register value */
odr = GPIOx->ODR;
/* Set selected pins that were at low level, and reset ones that were high */
GPIOx->BSRR = ((odr & GPIO_Pin) << GPIO_NUMBER) | (~odr & GPIO_Pin);
}
/**
* @brief Lock GPIO Pins configuration registers.
* @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
* GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
* @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
* until the next reset.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F3 family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bits to be locked.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* Apply lock key write sequence */
tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15U-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15U-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15U-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Read LCKK register. This read is mandatory to complete key lock sequence */
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
/* read again in order to confirm lock is active */
if((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != 0x00u)
{
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
* @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* EXTI line interrupt detected */
if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
{
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
}
}
/**
* @brief EXTI line detection callback.
* @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

6646
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_i2c.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

335
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_i2c_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### I2C peripheral Extended features #####
==============================================================================
[..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32F3xx
devices contains the following additional features
(+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
(+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
(+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode(s)
(+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature
(#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
(#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
(#) Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions :
(++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp()
(++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
(#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
(++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
(++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx
* @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
* @brief Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure Noise Filters
(+) Configure Wake Up Feature
(+) Configure Fast Mode Plus
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure I2C Analog noise filter.
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @param AnalogFilter New state of the Analog filter.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
/* Set analog filter bit*/
hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure I2C Digital noise filter.
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @param DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
{
uint32_t tmpreg;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Get the old register value */
tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1;
/* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF);
/* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U;
/* Store the new register value */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Disable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN);
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
* I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
* can be enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected
* I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
* can be disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

461
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_pwr.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_pwr.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PWR HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR PWR
* @brief PWR HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted
write accesses.
To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
(+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
(+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
{
__HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
}
/**
* @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
* backup data registers and backup SRAM).
* @note If the HSE divided by 32 is used as the RTC clock, the
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
{
SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP);
}
/**
* @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
* backup data registers and backup SRAM).
* @note If the HSE divided by 32 is used as the RTC clock, the
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
*** WakeUp pin configuration ***
================================
[..]
(+) WakeUp pin is used to wakeup the system from Standby mode. This pin is
forced in input pull down configuration and is active on rising edges.
(+) There are up to three WakeUp pins:
(++)WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00.
(++)WakeUp Pin 2 on PC.13 (STM32F303xC, STM32F303xE only).
(++)WakeUp Pin 3 on PE.06.
*** Main and Backup Regulators configuration ***
================================================
[..]
(+) When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD)
the backup SRAM is powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to
save battery life.
(+) The backup SRAM is not mass erased by a tamper event. It is read
protected to prevent confidential data, such as cryptographic private
key, from being accessed. The backup SRAM can be erased only through
the Flash interface when a protection level change from level 1 to
level 0 is requested.
-@- Refer to the description of Read protection (RDP) in the Flash
programming manual.
Refer to the datasheets for more details.
*** Low Power modes configuration ***
=====================================
[..]
The devices feature 3 low-power modes:
(+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running.
(+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator
in low power mode
(+) Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off (mode not available on STM32F3x8 devices).
*** Sleep mode ***
==================
[..]
(+) Entry:
The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx)
functions with
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
(+) Exit:
(++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
*** Stop mode ***
=================
[..]
In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.8V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI,
and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents
are preserved.
The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode to minimize the consumption.
(+) Entry:
The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI )
function with:
(++) Main regulator ON or
(++) Low Power regulator ON.
(++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction or
(++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
(+) Exit:
(++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode.
(++) Some specific communication peripherals (CEC, USART, I2C) interrupts,
when programmed in wakeup mode (the peripheral must be
programmed in wakeup mode and the corresponding interrupt vector
must be enabled in the NVIC).
*** Standby mode ***
====================
[..]
The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based
on the Cortex-M4 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled.
The 1.8V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and
the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost
except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby
circuitry.
The voltage regulator is OFF.
(+) Entry:
(++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
(+) Exit:
(++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup,
tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
*** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
=============================================
[..]
The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
Wakeup event, a tamper event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event,
without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
(+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTC_SetTamper_IT() functions.
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
(+) Comparator auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with a comparator wakeup event, it is necessary to:
(+++) Configure the EXTI Line associated with the comparator (example EXTI Line 22 for comparator 2U)
to be sensitive to to the selected edges (falling, rising or falling
and rising) (Interrupt or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function.
(+++) Configure the comparator to generate the event.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinx Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable.
* This parameter can be value of :
* @ref PWR_WakeUp_Pins
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
/* Enable the EWUPx pin */
SET_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
}
/**
* @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinx Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
* This parameter can be values of :
* @ref PWR_WakeUp_Pins
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
/* Disable the EWUPx pin */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
}
/**
* @brief Enters Sleep mode.
* @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
* @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator ON
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with low power regulator ON
* @note This parameter has no effect in F3 family and is just maintained to
* offer full portability of other STM32 families softwares.
* @param SLEEPEntry Specifies if SLEEP mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as
* the interrupt wake up source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
/* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
/* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
__WFE();
__WFE();
}
}
/**
* @brief Enters STOP mode.
* @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
* @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
* the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
* @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
* startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
* By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
* @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: STOP mode with low power regulator ON
* @param STOPEntry specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI:Enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
/* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/
tmpreg = PWR->CR;
/* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */
tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPDS);
/* Set LPDS bit according to Regulator value */
tmpreg |= Regulator;
/* Store the new value */
PWR->CR = tmpreg;
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
/* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
__WFE();
__WFE();
}
/* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
}
/**
* @brief Enters STANDBY mode.
* @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
* - Reset pad (still available),
* - RTC alternate function pins if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC
* Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out,
* - WKUP pins if enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
{
/* Select STANDBY mode */
PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_PDDS;
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
__force_stores();
#endif
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
/**
* @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
* interruptions handling.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

272
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_pwr_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended PWR HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
* + Extended Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx
* @brief PWREx HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Private_Constants PWR Extended Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define PVD_MODE_IT (0x00010000U)
#define PVD_MODE_EVT (0x00020000U)
#define PVD_RISING_EDGE (0x00000001U)
#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE (0x00000002U)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWR Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Extended Control Functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Extended control functions #####
===============================================================================
*** PVD configuration (present on all other devices than STM32F3x8 devices) ***
=========================
[..]
(+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
(+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro
(+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
-@- PVD is not available on STM32F3x8 Product Line
*** Voltage regulator ***
=========================
[..]
(+) The voltage regulator is always enabled after Reset. It works in three different
modes.
In Run mode, the regulator supplies full power to the 1.8V domain (core, memories
and digital peripherals).
In Stop mode, the regulator supplies low power to the 1.8V domain, preserving
contents of registers and SRAM.
In Stop mode, the regulator is powered off. The contents of the registers and SRAM
are lost except for the Standby circuitry and the Backup Domain.
Note: in the STM32F3x8xx devices, the voltage regulator is bypassed and the
microcontroller must be powered from a nominal VDD = 1.8V +/-8U% voltage.
(+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro
(+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
*** SDADC power configuration ***
================================
[..]
(+) On STM32F373xC/STM32F378xx devices, there are up to
3 SDADC instances that can be enabled/disabled.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F303xE) || \
defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || \
defined(STM32F303x8) || defined(STM32F334x8) || \
defined(STM32F301x8) || defined(STM32F302x8) || \
defined(STM32F373xC)
/**
* @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @param sConfigPVD pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
* information for the PVD.
* @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
* more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each
* detection level.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
/* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
/* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
/* Configure interrupt mode */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
}
/* Configure event mode */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
}
/* Configure the edge */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
}
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
{
SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PVDE);
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PVDE);
}
/**
* @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
* @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void)
{
/* Check PWR exti flag */
if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
{
/* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
/* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
}
}
/**
* @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE || */
/* STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC || */
/* STM32F303x8 || STM32F334x8 || */
/* STM32F301x8 || STM32F302x8 || */
/* STM32F373xC */
#if defined(STM32F373xC) || defined(STM32F378xx)
/**
* @brief Enables the SDADC peripheral functionaliy
* @param Analogx specifies the SDADC peripheral instance.
* This parameter can be: PWR_SDADC_ANALOG1, PWR_SDADC_ANALOG2 or PWR_SDADC_ANALOG3.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableSDADC(uint32_t Analogx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_SDADC_ANALOG(Analogx));
/* Enable PWR clock interface for SDADC use */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
PWR->CR |= Analogx;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the SDADC peripheral functionaliy
* @param Analogx specifies the SDADC peripheral instance.
* This parameter can be: PWR_SDADC_ANALOG1, PWR_SDADC_ANALOG2 or PWR_SDADC_ANALOG3.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_DisableSDADC(uint32_t Analogx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_SDADC_ANALOG(Analogx));
PWR->CR &= ~Analogx;
}
#endif /* STM32F373xC || STM32F378xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1224
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_rcc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1584
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_rcc_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

7739
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_tim.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2472
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_tim_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3944
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_uart.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

745
Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_uart_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,745 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_uart_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended UART HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended
* functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART).
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### UART peripheral extended features #####
==============================================================================
(#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
(#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enable mode, initialize the UART registers
by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx UARTEx
* @brief UART Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Private_Functions UARTEx Private Functions
* @{
*/
static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions UARTEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration Functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
in asynchronous mode.
(+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured:
(++) Baud Rate
(++) Word Length
(++) Stop Bit
(++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
(++) Hardware flow control
(++) Receiver/transmitter modes
(++) Over Sampling Method
(++) One-Bit Sampling Method
(+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well:
(++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion
(++) data logical level inversion
(++) RX and TX pins swap
(++) RX overrun detection disabling
(++) DMA disabling on RX error
(++) MSB first on communication line
(++) auto Baud rate detection
[..]
The HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API follows the UART RS485 mode configuration
procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
@endverbatim
Depending on the frame length defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit,
8-bit or 9-bit), the possible UART formats are listed in the
following table.
Table 1. UART frame format.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
| M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | UART frame |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | |
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the RS485 Driver enable feature according to the specified
* parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @param Polarity Select the driver enable polarity.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH DE signal is active high
* @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_LOW DE signal is active low
* @param AssertionTime Driver Enable assertion time:
* 5-bit value defining the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable)
* signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time
* units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate)
* @param DeassertionTime Driver Enable deassertion time:
* 5-bit value defining the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a
* transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal.
* It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the
* oversampling rate).
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RS485Ex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Polarity, uint32_t AssertionTime,
uint32_t DeassertionTime)
{
uint32_t temp;
/* Check the UART handle allocation */
if (huart == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the Driver Enable UART instance */
assert_param(IS_UART_DRIVER_ENABLE_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
/* Check the Driver Enable polarity */
assert_param(IS_UART_DE_POLARITY(Polarity));
/* Check the Driver Enable assertion time */
assert_param(IS_UART_ASSERTIONTIME(AssertionTime));
/* Check the Driver Enable deassertion time */
assert_param(IS_UART_DEASSERTIONTIME(DeassertionTime));
if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
{
huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
}
/* Init the low level hardware */
huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
#else
/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */
HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
}
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
/* Set the UART Communication parameters */
if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
{
UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
}
/* Enable the Driver Enable mode by setting the DEM bit in the CR3 register */
SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEM);
/* Set the Driver Enable polarity */
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEP, Polarity);
/* Set the Driver Enable assertion and deassertion times */
temp = (AssertionTime << UART_CR1_DEAT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
temp |= (DeassertionTime << UART_CR1_DEDT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_DEDT | USART_CR1_DEAT), temp);
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
/* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief Extended functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
This subsection provides a set of Wakeup and FIFO mode related callback functions.
(#) Wakeup from Stop mode Callback:
(+) HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief UART wakeup from Stop mode callback.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(huart);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback can be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides the following functions:
(+) HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() API optionally sets the UART node address
detection length to more than 4 bits for multiprocessor address mark wake up.
(+) HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig() API defines the wake-up from stop mode
trigger: address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE bit status.
(+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() API enables the UART to wake up the MCU from stop mode
(+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() API disables the above functionality
[..] This subsection also provides a set of additional functions providing enhanced reception
services to user. (For example, these functions allow application to handle use cases
where number of data to be received is unknown).
(#) Compared to standard reception services which only consider number of received
data elements as reception completion criteria, these functions also consider additional events
as triggers for updating reception status to caller :
(+) Detection of inactivity period (RX line has not been active for a given period).
(++) RX inactivity detected by IDLE event, i.e. RX line has been in idle state (normally high state)
for 1 frame time, after last received byte.
(++) RX inactivity detected by RTO, i.e. line has been in idle state
for a programmable time, after last received byte.
(+) Detection that a specific character has been received.
(#) There are two mode of transfer:
(+) Blocking mode: The reception is performed in polling mode, until either expected number of data is received,
or till IDLE event occurs. Reception is handled only during function execution.
When function exits, no data reception could occur. HAL status and number of actually received data elements,
are returned by function after finishing transfer.
(+) Non-Blocking mode: The reception is performed using Interrupts or DMA.
These API's return the HAL status.
The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
The HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback() user callback will be executed during Receive process
The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a reception error is detected.
(#) Blocking mode API:
(+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle()
(#) Non-Blocking mode API with Interrupt:
(+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT()
(#) Non-Blocking mode API with DMA:
(+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief By default in multiprocessor mode, when the wake up method is set
* to address mark, the UART handles only 4-bit long addresses detection;
* this API allows to enable longer addresses detection (6-, 7- or 8-bit
* long).
* @note Addresses detection lengths are: 6-bit address detection in 7-bit data mode,
* 7-bit address detection in 8-bit data mode, 8-bit address detection in 9-bit data mode.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @param AddressLength This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B 4-bit long address
* @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B 6-, 7- or 8-bit long address
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t AddressLength)
{
/* Check the UART handle allocation */
if (huart == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the address length parameter */
assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(AddressLength));
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
/* Set the address length */
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, AddressLength);
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
/* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState to Ready */
return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
}
/**
* @brief Set Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt flag selection.
* @note It is the application responsibility to enable the interrupt used as
* usart_wkup interrupt source before entering low-power mode.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @param WakeUpSelection Address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE/RXFNE bit status.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS
* @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT
* @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t tickstart;
/* check the wake-up from stop mode UART instance */
assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
/* check the wake-up selection parameter */
assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_SELECTION(WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(huart);
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
/* Set the wake-up selection scheme */
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_WUS, WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent);
if (WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent == UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS)
{
UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(huart, WakeUpSelection);
}
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
/* Init tickstart for timeout management */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait until REACK flag is set */
if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
{
status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
else
{
/* Initialize the UART State */
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Enable UART Stop Mode.
* @note The UART is able to wake up the MCU from Stop 1 mode as long as UART clock is HSI or LSE.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(huart);
/* Set UESM bit */
SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable UART Stop Mode.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(huart);
/* Clear UESM bit */
CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode till either the expected number of data is received or an IDLE event occurs.
* @note HAL_OK is returned if reception is completed (expected number of data has been received)
* or if reception is stopped after IDLE event (less than the expected number of data has been received)
* In this case, RxLen output parameter indicates number of data available in reception buffer.
* @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
* the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number
* of uint16_t available through pData.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements).
* @param Size Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received.
* @param RxLen Number of data elements finally received (could be lower than Size, in case reception ends on IDLE event)
* @param Timeout Timeout duration expressed in ms (covers the whole reception sequence).
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint16_t *RxLen, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint8_t *pdata8bits;
uint16_t *pdata16bits;
uint16_t uhMask;
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
{
if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
__HAL_LOCK(huart);
huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE;
/* Init tickstart for timeout management */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
huart->RxXferSize = Size;
huart->RxXferCount = Size;
/* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */
UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart);
uhMask = huart->Mask;
/* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */
if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
{
pdata8bits = NULL;
pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData;
}
else
{
pdata8bits = pData;
pdata16bits = NULL;
}
__HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
/* Initialize output number of received elements */
*RxLen = 0U;
/* as long as data have to be received */
while (huart->RxXferCount > 0U)
{
/* Check if IDLE flag is set */
if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_IDLE))
{
/* Clear IDLE flag in ISR */
__HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF);
/* If Set, but no data ever received, clear flag without exiting loop */
/* If Set, and data has already been received, this means Idle Event is valid : End reception */
if (*RxLen > 0U)
{
huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
}
/* Check if RXNE flag is set */
if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE))
{
if (pdata8bits == NULL)
{
*pdata16bits = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
pdata16bits++;
}
else
{
*pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
pdata8bits++;
}
/* Increment number of received elements */
*RxLen += 1U;
huart->RxXferCount--;
}
/* Check for the Timeout */
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
{
huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* Set number of received elements in output parameter : RxLen */
*RxLen = huart->RxXferSize - huart->RxXferCount;
/* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode till either the expected number of data is received or an IDLE event occurs.
* @note Reception is initiated by this function call. Further progress of reception is achieved thanks
* to UART interrupts raised by RXNE and IDLE events. Callback is called at end of reception indicating
* number of received data elements.
* @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
* the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number
* of uint16_t available through pData.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements).
* @param Size Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
/* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
{
if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
__HAL_LOCK(huart);
/* Set Reception type to reception till IDLE Event*/
huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE;
status = UART_Start_Receive_IT(huart, pData, Size);
/* Check Rx process has been successfully started */
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE)
{
__HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF);
SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE);
}
else
{
/* In case of errors already pending when reception is started,
Interrupts may have already been raised and lead to reception abortion.
(Overrun error for instance).
In such case Reception Type has been reset to HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD. */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode till either the expected number of data is received or an IDLE event occurs.
* @note Reception is initiated by this function call. Further progress of reception is achieved thanks
* to DMA services, transferring automatically received data elements in user reception buffer and
* calling registered callbacks at half/end of reception. UART IDLE events are also used to consider
* reception phase as ended. In all cases, callback execution will indicate number of received data elements.
* @note When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain
* the parity bit (MSB position).
* @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
* the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number
* of uint16_t available through pData.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements).
* @param Size Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
/* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
{
if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
__HAL_LOCK(huart);
/* Set Reception type to reception till IDLE Event*/
huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE;
status = UART_Start_Receive_DMA(huart, pData, Size);
/* Check Rx process has been successfully started */
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE)
{
__HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF);
SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE);
}
else
{
/* In case of errors already pending when reception is started,
Interrupts may have already been raised and lead to reception abortion.
(Overrun error for instance).
In such case Reception Type has been reset to HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD. */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup UARTEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the UART wake-up from stop mode parameters when triggered by address detection.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @param WakeUpSelection UART wake up from stop mode parameters.
* @retval None
*/
static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
{
assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(WakeUpSelection.AddressLength));
/* Set the USART address length */
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, WakeUpSelection.AddressLength);
/* Set the USART address node */
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)WakeUpSelection.Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS));
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/